Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1969-1970"

See other formats


MiLLSAPS  College 


Jackson,  Mississippi 


ANNOUNCEMENTS 


The  Seventy'iiioith  Session  Begins 


FOREWORD 

Experience  indicates  that  those  who  examine  college  catalogs 
are  usually  interested  primarily  in  finding  the  answers  to  the  follow- 
ing questions: 

(1)  What  is  the  general  nature,  type,  and  standing  of  the  college? 

(2)  What  are  the  requirements  for  admission? 

(3)  What  is  the  cost  of  attending  the  college  and  what  opportunities 
are  available  for  earning  part  of  these  expenses? 

(4)  What  subjects  of  study  are  provided  and  what  are  the  require- 
ments for  graduation? 

(5)  What  rules  does  a  student  have  to  follow  while  attending  the 
college? 

(6)  What  other  activities  are  provided  outside  the  classroom? 

(7)  What  physical  equipment  and  financial  resources  does  the  col- 
lege have? 

In  order  to  make  this  catalog  easier  to  read,  we  have  tried  to 
arrange  it  so  as  to  answer  these  questions  in  logical  order.  The  first 
two  questions,  which  are  of  concern  primarily  to  prospective  stu- 
dents, are  answered  in  Part  I.  The  other  questions  are  covered  suc- 
cessively in  Parts  II-VI,  as  shown  in  the  Table  of  Contents  on  the 
opposite  page.  In  Part  VII  we  have  given  the  necessary  information 
with  regard  to  the  trustees,  officers,  and  faculty,  and  have  listed  the 
names  of  other  staff  personnel. 

This  catalog  is  primarily  a  record  of  the  1969-1970  session  of  the 
College.  The  academic  calendar  of  the  1970-1971  session  will  be  found 
in  the  back. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Page 

Foreword    2 

Table    of    Contents    _ 3 

PART        I   Information    for    Prospective    Students    5 

A.  History    of    the    College    6 

B.  Millsaps    College    _  6 

C.  Requirements     for     Admission     8 

D.  How  to   Apply   for   Admission   11 

E.  The    Counseling    Program     11 

F.  Student     Housing     12 

G.  Dining   Facilities    13 

H.  Student    Medical    Services    13 

PART      II  Financial   Information   15 

A.  Cost    of    Attendance    16 

B.  Financial    Regulations    18 

C.  Scholarships    and    Financial    Aid    20 

D.  Opportunities    for    Part-Tipnie    Employment    33 

PART     III  The    Curriculum     35 

A.  Requirements    for   Degrees    36 

B.  Suggested    Degree    Programs    39 

C.  The   Heritage   Program    49 

D.  The    Honors    Program    50 

E.  The   Washington    Semester   51 

F.  The   United   Nations    Semester   51 

G.  The    Legislative    Intern    Program    52 

H.   The  Junior  Year  Abroad  Program  52 

I.      The   Millsaps-Gulf   Coast    Research    Laboratory   Program    53 

J.      Divisional  Groupings   and  Departments   of   Instruction   53 

PART     IV  Administration    of    the    Curriculum    101 

A.  Grades,    Honors,    Class    Standing    102 

B.  Administrative     Regulations     104 

PART      V  Campus     Activities     109 

A.  Religious     Activities     110 

B.  Athletics    - Ill 

C.  Social    Organizations 112 

D.  Other    Student    Organizations    and    Activities    -115 

E.  Medals  and  Prizes  117 

PART     VI  Physical   and   Financial   Resources    121 

A.  Buildings   and  Grounds   122 

B.  Financial  Resources   12? 

C.  The   Millsaps   Library   123 

PART  VII  Register     _.. .-.125 

A.  Board    of    Trustees    126 

B.  Officers     of    Administration    128 

C.  The  College  Faculty  129 

D.  Staff    Personnel    1 34 

E.  Officers  of  the  Alumni  Association  and  Millsaps  Associates  135 

F.  Enrollment     Statistics     136 

G.  The    Seventy-Seventh    Commencqment    136 

H.   Degrees    Conferred    138 

Index .....140 

ANNOUNCEMENTS   1970-71 

Academic    Calendar    - 1"*3 


THE  PURPOSE  OF  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and 
women  for  responsible  leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service 
to  their  fellow  men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as 
a  community  of  learners  where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the 
truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedi- 
cated to  the  idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is 
an  integral  part  of  the  Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges, 
providing  a  sound  academic  program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a 
kind  of  discipline  and  influence  which  no  other  type  of  institution  can 
offer.  The  College  provides  a  congenial  atmosphere  where  persons  of  all 
faiths  may  study  and  work  together  for  the  development  of  their  physical, 
intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate 
breadth  and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order 
to  broaden  his  perspective,  to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to 
think  and  act  intelligently  amid  the  complexities  of  the  modem  world.  The 
curriculum  is  designed  to  avoid  premature  specialization  and  to  integrate 
the  humanities,  the  social  studies,  and  the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual 
enrichment. 

The  College  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to 
support  himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modem 
society  is  that  in  too  many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not 
been  accompanied  by  education  for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore, 
professional  and  pre-professional  training  balanced  by  cultural  and  humane 
studies.  In  an  environment  that  emphasizes  the  cultural  and  esthetic  values 
to  be  found  in  the  study  of  language,  literature,  philosophy,  and  science, 
the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  necessary  courses  to  prepare 
him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social  work,  and 
business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology, 
medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,  law,   and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  atti- 
tude of  continuing  intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased 
inquiry,  without  which  true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to 
indoctrinate,  but  to  inform  and  inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the  student  in 
a  common  mold  of  thought  and  ideas,  but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his 
often  deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capacities,  and  aspirations  and  to  provide 
opportunities  for  his  maximum  potential  development.  It  seeks  to  broaden 
his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and  heart  toward  the  higher  and  nobler 
attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent,  voluntary  dedication 
to  moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that  will  guide  him 
into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance  of  respon- 
sibility to  neighbor,  state,  and  church. 

— adopted  by  the  Faculty  and  Board  of 
Tmstees  of  Millsaps  College,  1955-56 


I 


i 


V.i' 


Part  I 


.,'1 


Information  for 
Prospective  Students 


HISTORY  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

Founded  February  21,  1890,  Millsaps  is  one  of  the  youngest  colleges 
supported  by  the  Methodist  Church.  It  was  in  the  late  eighties  that  the 
Mississippi  Methodist  Conferences  appointed  a  joint  commission  to  formulate 
plans  for  a  "college  for  males  under  the  auspices  and  control  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  South." 

Among  the  members  of  this  commission  was  Major  Reuben  Webster 
Millsaps,  Jackson  businessman  and  banker,  who  offered  to  give  $50,000  to 
endow  the  institution,  provided  Methodists  throughout  the  state  matched  this 
amount. 

Under  the  leadership  of  Bishop  Charles  Betts  Galloway,  the  Methodists 
met  the  challenge  of  Major  Millsaps.  The  charter  for  the  College  was  granted 
February  21,  1890,  and  the  College  opened  its  doors  in  the  fall  of  1892.  Co- 
education was  instituted  in  the  seventh  session. 

The  grovvi;h  of  the  College  through  the  years  has  been  made  possible  by 
gifts  from  innumerable  benefactors.  Besides  the  generous  gifts  of  Major  Millsaps, 
the  College  has  received  large  donations  from  W.  S.  F.  Tatum,  R.  D.  Sanders, 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  J.  Wilson,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  R.  L.  Ezelle,  the  W.  M.  Buie 
family,  the  C.  R.  Ridgway  family,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  H.  Bacot,  and  Robert  Mason 
Strieker.  Other  individuals  have  endowed  scholarship  and  loan  funds,  which 
are  described  elsewhere  in  this  catalog. 

First  president  of  the  College  was  William  Belton  Murrah,  who  served-  until 
1910.  Along  with  Bishop  Galloway  and  Major  Millsaps,  Bishop  Murrah  is  com- 
monly thought  of  as  one  of  the  founders  of  the  College. 

Other  presidents  have  been  David  Carlisle  Hull,  M.A.,  (1910-1912);  Alexan- 
der Farrar  Watkins,  D.D.,  (1912-1923);  David  Martin  Key,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  (1923- 
1938);  Marion  Lofton  Smith,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  (1938-1952);  Homer  Ellis  Finger, 
Jr.,  B.D.,  D.D.,  (1952-1964);  and  Benjamin  Barnes  Graves,  M.B.A.,  Ph.  D.,  who 
has  been  president  since  1964. 


MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

is  a  church  related  college 

under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the  Mississippi  and  North  Mississippi  Confer- 
ences of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  The  College  adheres  to  the  view 
that  one  of  the  fundamental  bases  of  a  church-related  institution  is  Christian 
in  the  sense  that  knowledge  of  truth  is  part  of  its  work.  Millsaps,  therefore, 
is  not  narrow  in  its  outlook.  During  a  typical  academic  year  twenty-five 
denominations  are  represented  in  its  student  body  and  nearly  a  dozen  in  its 
faculty. 

is  a  small  college 

with  an  enrollment  of  approximately  1,000  students.  The  close  personal 
relationship  that  exists  among  students,  faculty,  and  administration  in  the  small 
college  is  one  of  the  most  vital  parts  of  the  college  experience. 

is  a  co-educational  college 

with  an  enrollment  approximately  three-fifths  men  and  two-fifths  women. 
Boys  and  girls  study  together  throughout  grammar  school  and  high  school.  Men 


and  women  work  together  throughout  later  Hfe.  They  study  and  work  together 
at  Millsaps. 

is  a  liberal  arts  college 

with  the  primary  aim  of  training  its  students  for  responsible  citizenship  and 
well-rounded  lives  rather  than  for  narrow  professional  careers.  One  of  the  chief 
curses  of  our  modern  society  is  that  so  many  of  our  people  are  expert  lawyers, 
or  doctors,  or  business  men,  or  brick  layers,  without  at  the  same  time  being 
good  citizens.  More  than  any  other  institution,  the  liberal  arts  college  can  remedy 
this  defect  by  training  its  students,  in  whatever  field  of  specialization  they  may 
choose,  to  be  community  leaders  in  responsible  citizenship. 

offers  professional  and  pre-professional  training 

balanced  by  cultural  and  disciplinary  studies.  The  College  recognizes  that 
in  the  modern  world  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support  himself 
adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  Therefore,  the  stu- 
dent at  Millsaps  can,  for  example,  obtain  the  necessary  courses  to  prepare  him 
directly  for  a  business  career  or  for  service  in  education,  the  ministry,  or  social 
work;  he  can  study  music  as  preparation  for  professional  work  in  the  field,  as 
well  as  for  its  esthetic  and  cutural  value;  and  he  can  obtain  thoroughly  sound 
basic  courses  which  will  prepare  him  for  professional  study  in  medicine,  dentistry, 
law,  and  other  fields.  Professional  leaders  in  all  fields  are  coming  more  and  more 
to  recognize  that  the  most  valuable  members  of  their  profession  are  those  who 
have  had  something  more  in  their  background  of  training  than  the  narrow 
technical  study  necessary  for  proficiency  in  that  field. 

selects  its  students  carefully 

not  on  the  basis  of  ability  to  pay  or  previous  opportunity  or  charm  of  per- 
sonality, but  on  ability  to  think,  desire  to  learn,  good  moral  character,  and  in- 
tellectual maturity.  The  primary  consideration  in  acting  on  all  applications  for 
admission  is  the  ability  to  do  college  work  in  a  measure  satisfactory  to  the  Col- 
lege and  beneficial  to  the  student.  Tuition  is  kept  low  enough  to  make  higher 
education  available  to  all,  but  admission  requirements  high  enough  to  include 
only  those  who  can  profit  from  it. 

has  a  cosmopolitan  student  body 

representing  a  wide  geographical  area.  During  a  semester  approximately 
thirty  states  and  a  half-dozen  foreign  countries  are  represented  in  the  student 
body.  Millsaps  encourages,  by  scholarships  and  otherwise,  the  attendance  of 
foreign  students  because  of  the  mutual  contribution  this  makes  to  international 
good  will  and  understanding. 

is  ideally  located 

in  the  capital  city  of  the  state.  Many  educational  advantages  may  be  found 
in  Jackson  in  addition  to  the  courses  offered  at  the  College.  The  State  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History,  the  State  Library,  the  Library  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Health,  and  the  Jackson  Public  Library  provide  research  facilities 
found  nowhere  else  in  the  state.  The  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra,  Jackson 
Little   Theatre,   the   New   Stage   Theatre,    The    Jackson   Opera   Guild,    Inc.,    and 


numerous  musical,  dramatic,  and  sporting  events  staged  at  the  City  Auditorium 
and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum  add  materially  to  the  cultural  advantages  available. 

is  fully  accredited 

by  all  appropriate  standardizing  and  accrediting  agencies,  both  regional  and 
national,  and  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist 
Church  as  one  of  its  strongest  institutions. 

Millsaps  is  approved  by: 

The  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools 
The  American  Association  of  University  Women 
The  University  Senate  of  the  Methodist  Church 

Millsaps  shares  current  educational  thought  by  membership  in: 

The  Association  of  American  Colleges 

The  American  Council  on  Education 

The  National  Commission  on  Accrediting 

The  Council  of  Protestant  Colleges  and  Universities 

The  Southern  University  Conference 

The  National  Association  of  Methodist  Schools  and  Colleges 

The  Mississippi  Association  of  Colleges 

The  American  Conference  of  Academic  Deans 

The  American  and  Southern  Assn.  of  College  Registrars  and  Admission  Officers 

The  American  Mathematical  Society 

The  American  and  the  Mississippi  Library  Associations 

The  Mississippi  Academy  of  Sciences 

The   National   and   Southern    Associations   of   College   and    University    Business    Officers 

National  Association  of  Student  Personnel  Administrators 

The  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science 

Mississippi  Research  Clearing  House 

Mississippi  Educational  Association 

The  American  Alumni  Council 

Modem  Languages  Association 

Association  of  College  Unions 

Mississippi  Historical  Society 

American  College  Public  Relations  Association 

Southern  Literary  Festival 

Southern  Humanities  Conference 

National  Association  of  College  Admissions  Counselors. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

General  Requirements 

Millsaps  College  will  accept  as  members  of  its  student  body  only  young 
men  and  women  who  are  well  qualified  to  benefit  from  the  kind  of  academic 
life  offered  by  the  College.  Students  of  all  races  and  religious  faiths  are 
welcomed.  Applicants  for  admission  must  furnish  evidence  of: 

1.  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 

Admission  to  Freshman  Standing 

Application  for  admission  to  freshman  standing  may  be  made  according  to 
either  of  the  following  plans: 

1.    By  Certificate. 

Graduates  of  an  accredited  high  school  or  secondary  school  may  be  ad- 
mitted to   freshman   standing   on  presentation   of  a  transcript  signed  by  the 


proper  authorities  of  that  school,  showing  the  kind  and  amount  of  scholastic 
work  done,  provided  that: 

(a)  The  student's  record  shows  the  satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  sixteen 
acceptable  units  of  secondary  school  work. 

(b)  One-half  of  the  units  of  secondary  school  work  accepted  for  entrance 
must  be  in  English,  mathematics,  and  social  studies  or  foreign  language. 
These  units  should  normally  include  four  units  of  English,  two  units  of 
mathematics,  and  at  least  two  units  of  history,  other  social  studies,  or 
foreign  language. 

(c)  Not  more  than  four  vocational  units  may  be  included  in  those  required 
for  entrance. 

(d)  Students  applying  for  admission  are  required  to  submit  the  results  of 
either  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
(SAT)  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

2.    By  Examination. 

Students  who  have  not  regularly  prepared  for  college  in  a  recognized 
secondary  school  may  apply  for  admission  by  making  a  complete  state- 
ment regarding  qualifications  and  training.  Such  students  may  be  regular- 
ly admitted  if  they  qualify  in  a  battery  of  achievement  examinations  given 
at  the  College  under  the  direction  of  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 
These  examinations  are  given  on  the  scholastic  work  covered  by  the  list 
of  secondary  units  approved  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Secondary  Schools. 

College  Entrance  Examination  Board  certificates  or  the  high  school 
level  General  Educational  Development  Test  may  be  accepted  in  place 
of  high  school  certificates  or  examination  by  Millsaps  College. 

Admission  To  Advanced  Standing 

1.  Millsaps  College  normally  allows  full  credit  to  transfer  students  on  work 
taken  at  other  accredited  institutions.  Some  courses  which  are  not  regarded 
as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  curriculum,  however,  may  not  be  credited  to- 
ward a  degree. 

2.  Students  with  good  records  at  non-accredited  institutions  may  be  admitted 
on  probation,  and  the  work  done  at  such  institutions  will  be  validated  if  the 
student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  the  first  year  at  Millsaps. 

3.  A  maximum  of  64  semester  hours  of  credit  will  be  allowed  from  a  junior 
college. 

4.  Full  credit  is  allowed  for  all  junior  college  academic  courses  of  freshman  and 
sophomore  level  and  full  elective  credit  allowed  for  other  courses,  with  the 
proviso  that  junior  college  transfers  may  be  called  upon  to  do  extra  work 
necessary  to  fulfill  the  requirements  at  Millsaps  for  majors,  for  pre-profes- 
sional  work,  and  for  professional  teaching  licenses. 

5.  After  earning  64  semester  hours  of  credit  at  a  senior  or  junior  college,  a  stu- 
dent will  not  be  granted  any  additional  credit  toward  a  degree  at  Millsaps 
for  work  done  at  a  junior  college. 

9 


6.  Grades  and  quality  points  made  by  students  at  other  institutions  will  be  re- 
corded on  their  records  at  Millsaps,  but  transfer  students  will  be  required  to 
include  in  the  240  quality  points  required  for  graduation  quality  points  earned 
at  Millsaps  at  least  double  the  number  of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining 
on  their  graduation  requirement  after  the  transfer  credits   are  entered. 

7.  In  the  case  of  students  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than  3  but  less 
than  6  hours  credit  in  a  required  subject,  the  head  of  the  department  con- 
cerned is  authorized  to  approve  a  3-hour  elective  in  that  department  as  a 
substitute  for  the  remainder  of  the  required  course. 

8.  Credit  will  not  be  given  for  work  done  by  correspondence. 

Admission  As  Special  Student 

1.  A  special  student  is  one  who  enrolls  for  less  than  12  hours  of  academic  work 
per  semester  or  one  who  has  previously  received  a  baccalaureate  degree. 
Students  in  their  senior  year  taking  all  the  work  required  to  complete  a  degree 
are  not  considered  special  students,  even  though  taking  less  than  12  hours. 

2.  For  admission  as  a  special  student  the  candidate  must  be  at  least  21  years 
of  age  and  must  present  adequate  proof  of  good  character  and  of  maturity 
of  training. 

3.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  whatever  courses  they  desire  without  regard 
to  graduation  requirements,  but  must  in  all  cases  meet  the  prerequisites  for 
the  courses  elected  by  them. 

4.  No  special  student  may  be  recognized  as  a  candidate  for  a  degree  unless  he 
completes  all  entrance  requirements  at  least  one  year  before  the  date  of  gradua- 
tion. No  college  credit  will  be  granted  until  entrance  requirements  are  satis- 
fied. 

5.  Special  students  are  not  permitted  to  represent  the  College  in  intercollegiate 
activities. 

Advanced  Placement 

Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  Advanced  Placement  Program  which  is 
administered  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  Advanced  placement 
is  awarded  on  the  basis  of  good  performance  on  the  CEEB  Advanced  Place- 
ment Tests  or,  in  some  cases,  on  placement  tests  given  by  Millsaps  College 
during  freshman  orientation  week.  Grades  of  5  or  4  on  the  CEEB  Advanced 
Placement  Tests  are  accepted  for  advanced  placement. 

A  student  who  has  made  a  score  of  5  or  4  on  one  or  more  CEEB 
Advanced  Placement  Tests  is  automatically  eligible  to  receive  course  credit  as 
well  as  advanced  placement  in  the  appropriate  field  or  fields.  The  amount  of 
credit  corresponds  to  the  amount  of  course  work  waived,  up  to  a  maximum  of 
8  semester  hours  in  any  one  field.  The  student  must  decide  whether  or  not 
to  accept  an  award  of  course  credit  prior  to  registration  for  his  first  semester. 
The  student  is  advised  to  consult  his  assigned  faculty  adviser  or  the  chairman 
of  the  appropriate  department  before  making  his  decision. 

No  grades  or  quality  points  will  be  assigned  to  credit  hours  granted  under 
the  Advanced  Placement  Policy  stated  herein. 

10 


HOW  TO  APPLY  FOR  ADMISSION 

All  persons  not  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  preceding  regular  semester 
must  apply  to  the  Admissions  Committee  and  be  accepted  prior  to  registiration 
for  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

A  prospective  student  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance  of  the 
date  on  which  he  wishes  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  accommodations  on  the 
campus  are  desired.  The  Admissions  Committee  begins  acting  in  December  on 
completed  applications  for  both  the  Spring  and  Fall  semesters. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow  the  procedure 
described  below: 

1.  He  should  request  an  Application  for  Admission  from  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions. 

2.  He  should  fill  out  this  application  blank  and  the  housing  form  and  return  them 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions  with  the  $10.00  application  fee.  This  fee  is  not 
refunded  to  a  student  whose  application  is  approved  by  the  Admissions  Com- 
mittee, nor  is  it  credited  to  the  student's  account.  The  fee  is  used  to  defray 
a  portion  of  the  expense  of  processing  the  application  for  admission  or  read- 
mission. 

3.  The  Freshman  applicant  should  have  a  Counselor  and  teachers  forward  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions  the  Personal  Reference  forms,  which  will  be  supplied 
with  the  application  blank. 

4.  He  should  have  his  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  send  an  offi- 
cial transcript  of  his  credits  directly  to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  A  sepa- 
rate transcript  is  required  from  every  secondary  school  or  college  attended, 
even  though  credits  previously  earned  are  included  on  the  transcript  from 
the  school  last  attended.  A  student  who  has  already  earned  some  college 
credit,  however,  need  not  have  a  separate  transcript  of  his  high  school 
credits  sent  if  these  are  included  on  his  college  transcript. 

5.  He  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  The  Freshman  applicant  should  take  one  of 
these  tests  as  early  as  possible,  preferably  on  the  earliest  Fall  testing  date. 

If  the  prospective  student  is  in  school  at  the  time  he  applies  for  admis- 
sion, he  should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  his  credits  up  to  that  time.  If 
he  is  accepted,  a  supplementary  transcript  will  be  required  later  showing  the 
completion  of  his  work. 


COUNSELING  PROGRAM 

The  fundamental  objective  of  all  counseling  services  is  to  assist  each  student 
to  be  ready  and  able  to  accomplish  maximum  success  in  his  academic  work. 
Consequently,  every  member  of  the  college  community  participates  in  counsel- 
ing, and  specialists  from  the  community  are  used  as  referral  resources  when  the 
nature  of  a  student's  problem  requires  highly  specialized  therapy.  Basically, 
the  divisions  of  the  counseling  program  are  as  follows: 

1.      Pre-Registration  Counseling 

In  order  to  assist  new  and  prospective  students  to  plan   wisely  in  looking 
forward  to  their  college  careers,  the  College  will  provide  counseling  services 

11 


to  any  prospective  student  who  may  desire  to  explore  his  vocational  and 
educational  objectives  before  he  enters  his  classes  in  the  fall  semester.  Stu- 
dents who  have  been  admitted  are  urged  to  take  advantage  of  this  service. 

2.  Orientation 

All  freshmen  are  expected  to  be  on  the  campus  on  September  7,  1970,  to 
participate  in  the  orientation  program,  Transfer  students  are  expected  on 
Monday,  September  8,  1970.  This  program  is  developed  and  executed 
cooperatively  by  students  and  faculty  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  students 
to  be  adequately  prepared  for  entering  fully  into  the  college  program. 

3.  Faculty  Advisers 

Each  new  student  at  Millsaps  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the  faculty  who 
serves  as  the  adviser  for  that  student  with  respect  to  his  academic  program. 
At  the  time  a  student  chooses  his  major  field  of  study,  his  major  professor 
automatically  becomes  his  faculty  adviser. 

4.  Personal  Counseling 

Particular  attention  is  given  by  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel  to  counseling 
students  on  such  matters  as  vocational  choice,  selection  of  fields  of  study, 
study  skills,  reading  skills,  emotional  adjustment,  and  similar  college  student 
problems. 

5.  Testing 

Each  student  entering  Millsaps  takes  part  in  the  entrance  testing  program, 
which  is  designed  to  provide  information  that  will  assist  persons  who  counsel 
with  him  to  work  effectively  in  helping  him  plan  his  program  and  activities 
at  the  College.  In  addition,  any  student  registered  in  the  College  has  avail- 
able to  him  individual  testing  services  to  assist  him  in  self-analysis  and  plan- 
ning in  terms  of  his  individual  aptitudes,  interests,  and  personality  character- 
istics. 


STUDENT  HOUSING 

The  housing  program  of  the  College  is  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Men 
and  the  Dean  of  Women  in  cooperation  with  the  dormitory  housemothers,  coun- 
selors, and  managers.  Men  students  live  in  our  men's  residence  halls  or  in 
fraternity  houses.  Only  active  members  of  a  fraternity  are  permitted  to  live  in 
its  house.  Women  students  live  in  our  women's  residence  halls.  The  regula- 
tions by  which  resident  women  students  are  governed  are  formulated  and  ad- 
ministered by  the  Women's  Student  Government  Association.  All  dormitory 
residents  are  expected  to  maintain  their  rooms  in  a  clean  and  reasonably  neat 
condition. 

All  out-of-town  students  are  required  to  reside  in  college  housing  facilities, 
unless  they  have  received  permission,  in  writing,  through  the  Office  of  Student 
Personnel  to  live  in  off-campus  housing.  Application  forms  for  permission  to 
live  off  campus  are  available  in  the  Student  Personnel  Office.  Out-of-town  stu- 
dents wishing  to  live  off  campus  should  complete  these  forms  and  receive  ap- 
proval in  advance  of  any  move  and  before  incurring  obligations  to  a  prospective 
landlord.  No  out-of-town  student  classified  below  the  junior  level  will  be  given 
permission  to  live  off  campus.  Students  who  desire  to  live  with  relatives  while 
attending  Millsaps  must  secure  permission  in  writing  from  the  Office  of  Student 
Personnel. 

12 


Dormitory  facilities  are  designed  to  house  two  students  in  each  space. 
Students  desiring  to  room  together  should  make  every  effort  to  pay  reservation 
fees  at  the  same  time  and  to  specify  their  desire  to  room  together.  Room 
assignments  are  made  in  the  order  in  which  students'  reservation  fees  or  com- 
pleted applications  have  been  received,  whichever  is  later.  Preferences  for  a 
particular  room  will  be  honored  unless  it  has  been  taken  by  someone  whose 
eligibility  for  the  room  entitles  him  to  it. 

After  notification  of  room  assignment,  a  student  must  accept  or  reject  the 
assignment  in  writing  within  two  weeks  of  the  notification.  Room  rent  cannot 
be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun. 

Dormitories  open  for  occupancy  at  2  p.m.  of  the  day  preceding  each  term 
or  semester  and  close  at  4  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  each  term  or  semester.  All 
dormitories  close  at  2  p.m.  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  that  Christmas  and  spring 
holidays  begin  and  re-open  at  2  p.m.  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  day 
that  classes  resume  following  the  holiday  period.  No  students  can  be  housed  in 
the  dormitories  during  the  Christmas  holiday  period. 


DINING  FACILITIES 

The  College  Dining,  Hall  and  the  College  Grill  are  located  in  the  Boyd 
Campbell  Student  Center.  These  food  services  are  under  contract  to  a  pro- 
fessional food  service  company  to  assure  the  best  in  food  and  service  at  moderate 
rates.  The  average  cost  per  meal  to  the  student  on  the  7-day  plan  is  620,  and 
on  the  five-day  plan  (Sunday  supper  through  Friday  lunch)  the  average  cost 
per  meal  is  750.  Three  meals  per  day  purchased  with  cash  will  average  $1.22 
per  meal.  The  resident  plans  assure  the  student  economical  and  wholesome  food 
three  meals  a  day  in  a  challenging  atmosphere  with  a  congenial  social  life. 
Student  groups  are  encouraged  to  use  the  meal  hour  for  academic  discussions, 
language  practice,  and  exchange  of  ideas. 

The  College  Grill  is  in  the  same  building  with  the  Dining  Hall.  It  is 
available  to  those  who  wish  a  la  carte  service  and  short  orders.  There  is  a 
complete  soda  fountain  service.  The  Grill  operates  on  a  cash  sales  basis. 


STUDENT  MEDICAL  SERVICES 

The  medical  services  are  designed  to  provide  treatment  and  care  for  students 
with  minor  illnesses,  diagnostic  and  referral  services  and  to  implement  preventive 
and  educational  programs.  The  services  of  the  college  physician  are  available 
through  the  nurse  on  duty  or  one  of  the  housemothers. 

Students  with  minor  illnesses  are  cared  for  on  campus.  More  serious  illnesses 
or  those  requiring  long-term  care  are  referred  to  one  of  the  local  hospitals  or 
to  home  on  a  private  patient  basis.  Each  student  is  urged  to  have  insurance 
for  medical  care,  either  through  a  family  policy  or  by  enrolling  in  the  group 
insurance  made  available  through  the  College. 

New  students  are  required  to  have  their  personal  physicians  complete  and 
mail  in  a  physical  examination  form.  This  form  is  provided  the  student  before 
the  opening  of  the  term  in  which  he  will  enroll.  In  addition,  each  new  student 
is  required  to  have  influenza  immunizations  prior  to  enrollment. 

13 


•.,i(: 
''*,:, 


THE  BOYD  CAMPBELL  STUDENT  CENTER 

The  heart  of  a  small  college  is  the  close  relationship  between  students  and 

faculty.  From  this  relationship  pulses  the  life-blood  of  the  campus  in  the  form 

, ,  ^' '  of  mutual  confidence,  mutual  respect,  and  mutual  concern  for  the  welfare   of 

r '■  the  total  membership  of  the  college   community.   The   Boyd   Campbell  Student 

I  ■.  '■.  Center  makes  a  unique  contribution  to  the  College  by  serving  as  the  "living  room" 

of  the  campus  where  friends  can   meet  for  relaxation   and   enrichment   through 

interpersonal   contacts;    by   providing   a   center   for   extracurricular   activities;    by 

'..'^  providing  a  central  location  for  the  cafeteria,  the  grill,  the  post  office,  and  the 

['.'•    V  bookstore;  by  serving  as  a  focal  point  for  commuters  and  off-campus  students; 

,;  .'    ',  and  by  providing  a  general  unifying  influence  for  the  entire  campus. 


i 


14 


••',../ 


■:t>' 


'Vi'; 


'»•  ■) 


<^' 


it 


Part  11 


Financial  Information 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 
COST  OF  ATTENDING  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES 

Resident   Student  $1,080.00 

Commuting  Student  -. _$    705.00 

This  $705.00  per  semester  is  guaranteed  to  remain  the  same  for  students 
entering  Millsaps  for  the  first  time  in  the  1970-71  session  as  well  as  for  previously 
enrolled  students.  In  all  cases,  the  guarantee  will  expire  after  the  normal  number 
of  years  for  graduation  has  elapsed.  For  example,  in  the  case  of  an  entering 
freshman  the  guarantee  is  for  four  years.  Should  he  need  an  additional  year 
to  complete  his  work  his  tuition  for  that  year  will  be  the  amount  stated  in  the 
catalog  for  that  additional  year.  In  the  case  of  a  previously  enrolled  second-year 
student  or  transfer  classified  as  a  sophomore,  the  guarantee  will  expire  after  three 
years,  the  point  in  time  when  he  would  normally  graduate. 

Non-resident  or  out-of-state  students  will  be  charged  the  same  tuition  fees 
as  in-state  students.  There  is  no  non-resident  student  fee. 

It  is  appropriate  to  note  that  the  semester  charge  of  $705.00  covers  only 
part  of  the  actual  educational  cost  for  each  student.  Millsaps  College  assumes 
responsibility  for  the  additional  cost. 

Basic  costs  are  on  a  semester  basis  as  follows: 

Tuition    $500.00,    General    Fees    $205.00,    Meals    $225.00,    Room    $150.00. 

General  fees  include  registration  and  administration,  library,  student  union 
building,  physical  education,  speech  activities,  music  activities,  speakers'  bureau, 
and  student  association  fees. 

Room  rent  and  meals  do  not  apply  to  holiday  periods. 

Students  living  in  fraternity  houses  pay  room  rent  to  the  fraternity  and 
pay   the    College   for    meals.      o 

The  $1,080.00  includes  meals  seven  days  each  week  while  school  is  in 
session.  The  following  optional  meal  plans  were  recommended  by  the  Millsaps 
Student  Senate  and  approved  for  resident  students: 

1970-71  1971-72 

Freshmen  7-day  plan  7-day  plan 

Sophomores  7-day  plan  7-day  plan 

Juniors  7-day  plan  or  7-day  plan 

5-day  plan 

Seniors  7-day  plan  or  7-day  plan  or 

5-day  plan  or  Cash 

Cash 

For  1970-71,  the  cost  of  the  7-day  plan  is  $225  per  semester  and  the  5-day 
plan  is  $200  per  semester.  The  latter  plan  includes  meals  from  Sunday  supper 
through  Friday  lunch. 

16 


Non-resident  students  are  not  required  to  participate  in  a  meal  plan.  How- 
ever, they  may  use  the  dining  hall  by  paying  the  set  fee  per  meal  along  with 
resident  seniors  who  choose  not  to  be  on  a  meal  plan. 

ALL  SEMESTER  CHARGES  ARE  DUE  AND  PAYABLE  AT  LEAST  TWO 
WEEKS  PRIOR  TO  THE  OPENING  OF  EACH  SEMESTER.  THIS  REQUIRE- 
MENT IS  TO  FACILITATE  PREPARATION  OF  STUDENT  I.  D.  CARDS  AND 
MEAL   AUTHORIZATIONS   PRIOR   TO  REGISTRATION. 

Fine  Arts  Fees 

Art  courses,  per  semester 

Each  course  (except  351) $10.00 

Music  courses,  per  semester  for  private  lessons 

One  lesson  per  week  (I  hour  credit)  50.00 

One  lesson  per  week  (1  hour  credit,  4  in  class)   25.00 

Two  lessons  per  week  (2  or  more  hours  credit)  90.00 

Special   Students    (1   hour  credit)    75.00 

Special  Students  (2  hour  credit)  125.00 

Note:  The  above  includes  use  of  college-owned  instruments  and  practice 
rooms.    There  is  no  fee  for  the  Millsaps  Singers. 

Science  Laboratory  Fees 

Analog  Computer  $10.00 

Astronomy    10.00 

Biology  (except  491  and  492)  10.00 

Biology  401,  402  (2  hours  credit)  - 7.50 

Biology  401,  402   (1  hour  credit) 5.00 

Chemistry    (all  laboratory  courses)    -    10.00 

Chemistry   (all  laboratory  courses)    (breakage  fee)    — -  15.00" 

Computer  300  20.00 

Geology    10.00 

Geology  401,  402  (2  hours  credit)   7.50 

Geology  401,  402  (1  hour  credit)  ..__:.__ 5.00 

Mathematics    352    10.00 

Physics    (except   301,   321-322,   331,   336,   341,   491-492)    10.00 

Students  enrolled  in  one  or  more  science  courses  will  be  responsible  for  re- 
placement costs  of  scientific  apparatus  not  returned  at  the  end  of  courses. 

'Unused  portion  refundable  at  end  of  semester. 

Other  Laboratory  Fees 

Modern  Foreign  Language,  each  course  ($10  maximum)  $  5.00 

Student  Teaching  (Ed.  413,  414,  453,  454)  each  course  15.00 

Student  Teaching  (Ed.  412,  452)   each  course  22.50 

Graduation  Fee 
Diploma,  cap,  gown,  commencement  expense  — $18.00 

SPECIAL  STUDENTS 

A  special  student  is  one  who  takes  less  than  twelve  semester  hours  of  aca- 
demic work  for  college  credit  or  one  who  has  already  received  a  baccalaureate 

17 


degree.    Special  students  pay  the  following  tuition  rates  plus  any  laboratory  fees 
involved. 

Tuition  per  semester  hour: 

1  to  11  semester  hours  inclusive,  per  hour  $47.00 

12  or  more  semester  hours  Full  tuition  and  fees 

Students  taking  only,  private  music  lessons  or  private  art  lessons  for  college 
credit  pay  a  registration  fee  of  $10  for  each  course  plus  the  special  fees  for  the 
courses  taken.    If  not  for  college  credit,  pay  only  the  special  fee(s). 

A  student  taking  one  course  (credit  or  noncredit)  in  addition  to  private 
music  or  private  art  lessons  for  credit  will  pay  the  above  $10  fee(s)  and 
special  fee(s)  plus  the  special-student  tuition  and  laboratory  fee  for  the  other 
course. 

EXCESS  HOURS 

The  normal  student  load  is  five  subjects  with  either  physical  education  or 
extracurricular  activities  making  a  maximum  of  eighteen  hours.  Students  register- 
ing for  courses  in  excess  of  eighteen  hours  will  be  charged  one-half  the  special 
student  tuition  for  each  additional  hour  per  semester. 

LATE  REGISTRATION  AND  CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE 

A  fee  of  $3.00  will  be  charged  any  full-time  student  who  registers  after  the 
days  designated  in  the  College  catalog.  Payment  of  semester  expenses  is  con- 
sidered a  part  of  registration. 

A  fee  of  $3.00  will  be  charged  for  each  change  of  schedule  authorization 
processed  for  a  student.  Two  such  fees  in  any  one  semester  will  be  the  maximum 
any  student  will  be  required  to  pay.  Any  change  of  schedule  initiated  by  the 
College  will  have  no  fee  involved. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES 

Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privilege  of  changing,  any  or  all  charges  at 
any  time  without  prior  notice. 


FINANCIAL  REGULATIONS 

SOURCE  OF  INCOME. — Millsaps  College  receives  income  from  these 
sources:  endowment  fund  investments,  10%;  Methodist  Church  support,  7%; 
alumni  support  8%;  business  firms  and  foundations,  8%;  tuition  and  fees,  67%. 

PAYMENTS. — All  charges  are  due  and  payable  two  weeks  prior  to  the  open- 
ing of  the  semester.  No  student  will  be  marked  present  in  his  classes  until  pay- 
ment has  been  made  in  the  Business  Office  or  satisfactory  financial  arrangements 
have  been  made  with  the  Business  Manager. 

Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid  before  a  student 
will  be  enrolled  for  the  succeeding  semester.  The  Registrar  is  not  permitted  to 
transfer  credits  until  all  outstanding  indebtedness  to  the  College  is  paid. 

No  student  will  be  allowed  to  graduate  unless  he  shall  have  settled  with 
the  Business  Office  all  his  indebtedness  to  the  College,  including  library  fines 
and  the  graduation  fee. 

18 


RESERVATION  FEE. — Each  student  is  expected  to  pay  a  reservation 
fee  of  $25.00.  For  a  student  not  holding  a  dormitory  reservation  this  fee  may 
be  applied  on  tuition.  For  a  student  with  a  dormitory  reservation  this  fee  is 
applied  only  on  dormitory  room  rent.  Available  space  in  a  dormitory  will  be 
reserved  after  this  fee  is  paid.  After  July  1  there  is  no  refund  of  this  fee 
for  change  of  plans. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES.— Students  rooming 
in  fraternity  houses  eat  in  the  college  cafeteria.  Rules  regarding  payment  of 
board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents  will  be  observed  by  the 
students  rooming  in  fraternity  houses. 

REFUNDS. — Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun. 
Unused  amounts  paid  in  advance  for  board  will  be  refundable.  A  student  who 
withdraws  with  good  reason  from  a  course  or  courses  within  one  week  after  the 
date  of  the  first  meeting  of  classes  on  regular  schedule  will  be  entitled  to  a 
refund  of  80%  of  tuition  and  fees;  within  two  weeks,  60%;  within  three  weeks, 
40%;  and  within  four  weeks,  20%.  If  a  student  remains  in  college  as  much  as 
four  weeks,  no  refund  will  be  made  except  for  board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  all  claims  to  reductions  and  refunds 
will  be  referred  is  the  date  on  which  the  Registrar  is  officially  notified  by  the 
student  of  his  intention  to  withdraw.    (See  regulations  relative  to  withdrawals.) 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student  at 
any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except 
that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any 
charges. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES.— Courses  are  audited  only  with  approval  of 
the  Dean.  There  will  be  no  charge  to  a  full-time  student  except  laboratory  fee 
for  auditing  any  course.  Special  students  taking,  other  courses  may  audit  one 
course  without  charge  except  for  the  payment  of  a  laboratory  fee  that  may  be 
involved.  A  person  not  enrolled  in  any  courses  for  college  credit  will  be  allowed 
to  audit  one  course  without  charge,  provided  he  pays  for  one  or  more  other 
courses  at  the  rates  for  special  students.  A  student  auditing  the  classroom  work 
of  a  course  and  not  auditing  the  laboratory  work  will  not  be  considered  as 
having  a  laboratory  fee  involved.  A  student  auditing  a  course  in  which  the 
laboratory  work  and  classroom  work  cannot  be  separated  will  be  required  to 
pay  the  laboratory  fee. 

STUDENT  ASSOCIATION  FEE 

Included  in  the  General  Fee  is  the  Student  Association  Fee  of  $12.50  per 
semester  for  each  full-time  student.  The  Student  Senate  distributes  this  fee 
among  such  organizations  as  Student  Senate  Committees,  Christian  Council, 
Purple  and  White,  Bobashela,  and  Stylus. 

The  Speech  and  Music  Activities  fee  for  each  full-time  student  enables 
these  departments  to  have  a  full  program  of  student  activities  and  performances. 
This  fee  also  entitles  each  full-time  student  to  free  admission  to  regular 
performances  of  these  departments. 

CONVOCATION  SERIES  FEE 

Included  in  the  General  Fee  is  a  special  fund  for  use  in  bringing  to  the 
Millsaps  Community  and  to  the  City  of  Jackson  lectures,  artists,  musical  groups 
(both  classical  and  modem),  and  drama  presentations. 

19 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  FEE 

A  carefully  planned  athletic,  intramural,  and  physical  education  program 
is  maintained  by  the  College.  Each  student  receives  the  advantages  afforded 
by  the  golf  course,  tennis  courts,  gymnasium,  and  athletic  fields.  In  addition 
the  student  is  admitted  to  all  home  varsity  athletic  contests.  Physical  education 
students  are  furnished  with  towel  and  locker  service.  The  intramural  teams  are 
furnished  with  game  equipment  and  game  officials. 


SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  FINANCIAL  AID 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students  on  two 
bases:  academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information  pertaining  to  these 
matters  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Awards  Committee. 

In  instances  of  financial  need  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is  based  on 
information  submitted  to  the  College  by  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The  College  Scholarship  Service  assists 
colleges  and  universities  and  other  agencies  in  determining  the  student's  need 
for  financial  assistance.  All  students  seeking  any  form  of  financial  assistance  are 
required  to  submit  a  copy  of  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form  to  the 
College  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  recipient  by 
April  1,  1970.  The  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form  may  be  obtained  from  a 
secondary  school,  Millsaps  College,  or  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  'P.  O. 
Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540;  P.  O.  Box  881,  Evanston,  Illinois  60204; 
or  P.  O.  Box  1025,  Berkeley,  California  94704. 


I.  SCHOLARSHIPS 

COMPETITIVE 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholars 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  Millsaps  College  has  established  scholarships 
to  be  granted  to  promising  students  who  will  be  designated  as  the  Key  Scholars. 
The  scholarships  are  renewable  if  academic  requirements  are  met.  The  scholar- 
ships were  established  as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served 
the  College  as  teacher  and  President  for  a  total  of  twenty-four  years. 

The  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  Scholarships 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  Millsaps  College  has  established  scholarships  to  be 
granted  to  students  outstanding  in  leadership  and  scholarship  who  have  com- 
pleted their  studies  in  junior  college.  The  scholarships  are  renewable  for  a 
second  year  if  the  student's  performance  is  satisfactory.  The  scholarships  were 
established  as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  who  served  the 
College  as  President  from  1912-1923. 

Diamond   Anniversary   Scholarships 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  Millsaps  College  has  established  a  number  of 
scholarships  for  the  purpose  of  recognizing  achievement  and  leadership  potential 
as  well  as  academic  ability.  Designated  Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships,  these 
awards  will  be  given  on  the  basis  of  high  school  records,  American  College  Test 

20 


scores,  demonstrated  leadership  potential,  achievement,  character,  and  financial 
need.  Sixty  or  seventy  Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  will  be  in  effect  for 
the  1970-71  academic  year.  Approximately  half  will  be  granted  in  athletics,  with 
the  remaining  half  in  fine  arts  and  other  areas.  The  awards  will  provide  a 
maximum  of  $1,400  per  year,  with  the  amount  granted  depending  on  a  com- 
bination of  factors.  Some  will  be  honorary  with  no  financial  grants  being  made. 
Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarship  recipients  will  be  selected  from  applicants 
proposed  by  the  faculty  to  the  Awards  Committee. 

The  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships 

The  Board  of  Trustees  in  honor  of  former  Millsaps  College  President, 
Marion  L.  Smith,  has  authorized  the  annual  awarding  of  scholarships  ranging 
in  value  from  $100  to  $500  to  selected  graduates  of  high  schools  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  Awards  Committee.  The  awards  are  made  on  the  basis 
of  psychological  examinations  administered  at  the  College  on  High  School  Day 
each  year.  Forty  such  scholarships  were  awarded  for  the  1969-70  session,  con- 
sisting of  ten  scholarships  from  the  State  of  Mississippi  at-large,  ten  from  the 
Jackson  Municipal  Separate  School  District,  one  each  from  eleven  P.T.A.  Districts 
in  the  state  (excluding  Jackson),  and  nine  others  including  some  from  out  of 
state.  The  total  of  these  scholarships  is  $6,200. 

Millsaps  College  Merit  Scholarships 

Millsaps  College  sponsors  several  Merit  Scholarships  through  the  National 
Merit  Scholarship  Corporation.  The  recipients  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  ability 
to  benefit  from  a  college  education,  an  important  index  of  which  is  their  relative 
scores  on  scholastic  tests  given  by  the  National  Merit  Scholarship  Corporation. 
Recipients  must  be  Merit  Finalists  who  wish  to  attend  Millsaps  College  and  are 
qualified  to  do  so. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships 

The  United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500.00  each  for  several  Metho- 
dist students  who  have  ranked  within  the  upper  fifteen  per  cent  of  their  class. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship 

The  student  to  whom  the  scholarship  is  awarded  receives  two  hundred 
dollars,  payable  one-half  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  semester  and  one-half 
at  the  beginning  of  the  second.  The  award  is  subject  to  the  following  conditions: 

This  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  at  the  end  of  each  session  to  the 
member  of  the  sophomore  or  junior  class  whose  quality  index  is  highest  for 
the  year,  subject  to  the  following  qualifications: 

1.  He  must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  thirty-two  semester 
hours'  work  for  the  year,  and  must  have  made  at  least  "C"  in  each  of  the 
subjects  studied. 

2.  He  must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  President  of  the  College. 

INSTITUTIONAL 
Children  of  Faculty  and  United  Methodist  Ministers 

Millsaps  College  provides  scholarship  aid  to  children  of  United  Methodist 
ministers  serving  in  the  conferences  in  the  State  of  Mississippi  and  to  the 
children  of  full-time  faculty  and  staff  members  of  Millsaps  College. 

21 


The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  was  established  during  the  academic  year 
1963-64  to  support  the  Foreign  Student  Program  of  Millsaps  College.  This  fund 
is  to  be  administered  by  the  Faculty  Awards  Committee  of  the  College  in 
consultation  with  the  Foreign  Student  Adviser.  Applications  for  financial  aid 
from  the  fund  are  made  to  the  Foreign  Student  Adviser  on  special  forms  pro- 
vided by  him  and  are  forwarded  to  the  Awards  Committee  with  his  recom- 
mendations. In  addition  to  financial  support,  the  Foreign  Student  Program  at- 
tempts to  offer  other  assistance  to  those  foreign  students  who  are  accepted  by 
the  College.  Laboratory  assistantships,  used  textbooks,  etc.,  are  frequently  made 
available  to  the  foreign  students. 

General  Scholarship  Funds 

Millsaps  College  budgets  scholarship  funds  each  year  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  assistance  to  students  requiring  financial  aid. 

United  Methodist  Ministerial  Students 

Millsaps  College  provides  scholarship  aid  to  United  Methodist  ministerial 
students  while  they  attend  Millsaps  .College. 

ENDOWED 

The  Anderson  German  Scholarship 

The  Daniel  T.  Anderson  Scholarship  in  German  was  established  in  1964 
for  the  purpose  of  encouraging  the  study  of  the  German  language,  literature, 
and  culture.    Mr.  Anderson  is  a  1957  graduate  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1967  by  a  bequest  from  the  estate 
of  Miss  Burlie  Bagley  and  by  gifts  from  her  many  friends  at  the  Capitol  Street 
Methodist  Church.  The  scholarship  provided  for  by  the  interest  from  this  fund 
will  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  is  training  for  full-time  Christian  service. 

The  Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Francis  Stuart  Harmon,  an  alumnus  of 
the  college  and  a  member  of  a  prominent  Mississippi  family.  Mr.  Harmon  created 
this  fund  in  honor  of  his  maternal  great  grandfather,  Robert  Bell,  and  in  honor 
of  his  great  grandfather's  faithful  slave,  Vincent.  The  fund  is  to  be  used  for 
scholarship  aid  to  students  in  dire  need  and  coming  from  deprived  environments. 

The  J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  has  been  donated  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  J.  F.  Conger,  of  Hernando,  Miss.,  honoring  Mrs.  Conger's  father. 

The  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1967  by  Miss  Christine  Brewer  in 
memory  of  her  parents.  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer.  The  scholarship  provided  for  by 
the  interest  from  this  fund  will  be  awarded  each  year  to  a  student  who  is  training 
for  a  church-related  vocation. 

22 


The  W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship 

The  W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship  was  created  by  his  son,  Mr.  Ed  C.  Brewer 
of  Clarksdale,  and  is  open  to  any  student  at  Millsaps  College. 

The  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1967  by  Mrs.  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr., 
and  family  to  honor  her  father,  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee,  a  Methodist  minister, 
and  her  husband,  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to 
be  awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  deserving 
students. 

The  A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1964  in  memory  of  A.  Boyd  Campbell.  Mr. 
Campbell  was  an  outstanding  citizen  of  the  state  of  Mississippi  and  friend  of 
Millsaps  College.  This  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  to  some  worthy 
student  or  students   selected  by  the   Awards   Committee. 

The  Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships 

The  Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships  were  established 
by  the  late  Mrs.  Mae  Jack  Cheek  in  memory  of  her  husband,  the  late  Dr. 
Elbert  Alston  Cheek,  and  their  son,  the  late  Elbert  Alston  Cheek,  Jr.  Mrs. 
Cheek's  gift  is  valued  at  $135,000.  The  gift  is  to  be  invested  in  government 
bonds,  income  from  which  investment  will  be  awarded  in  scholarships  of  $500 
each.  The  scholarship  may  be  renewed  if  the  student  continues  to  qualify. 
In  awarding  the  Cheek  scholarships  preference  shall  be  given  to  any  applicant 
or  applicants  descended  either  from  Edward  Jack  of  Brandon,  Mississippi,  or 
from  Robert  T.  Cheek,  Sr.,  of  Millville,  Mississippi,  provided  always  that  such 
applicants  need  financial  assistance  and  qualify  for  the  scholarships. 

The  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  Scholarship 

Mrs.  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  of  Rolling  Fork,  and  her  son,  Mr.  George 
C.  Cortright,  Jr.,  have  established  this  scholarship  as  a  memorial  to  Mr.  George 
C.  Cortright,  Sr. 

The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1950  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Countiss.  Interest 
from  the  fund  will  go  as  a  scholarship  to  some  student  chosen  by  the  College. 
Dr.  Countiss  graduated  at  Millsaps  in  1902,  was  for  many  years  a  member 
of  its  Board  of  Trustees,  was  a  member  of  the  North  Mississippi  Conference, 
and  was  for  twenty-four  years  President  of  Grenada  College. 

The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship 

This  fund  was  established  by  Dr.  Charles  W.  Crisler  in  memory  of  his 
wife.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  as  a  scholarship  to  some  student  chosen 
by  the  college.  Dr.  Crisler  was  a  Methodist  minister  and  a  member  of  the 
Mississippi  Conference  for  more  than  fifty  years. 

The  Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship 

Mrs.  Fitzhugh  left  the  College  a  $35,000  fund  to  be  established  as  a 
scholarship.  Earnings  from  the  fund  will  go  into  scholarships  for  deserving  stu- 
dents at  Millsaps  College. 

23 


The  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1964 
in  honor  of  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin,  who  retired  as  Bishop  of  the  Jackson 
Area  in  that  same  year.  This  fund  was  endowed  by  his  many  friends  and  co- 
workers of  the  North  Mississippi  Annual  Conference.  Preference  is  to  be  given 
to  a  pre-theological  student  or  to  some  student  preparing  for  a  full-time  church 
vocation. 

The  Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  created  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  worthy  students  who 
need  financial  assistance.  The  income  from  the  fund  is  given  each  year  to 
a  student  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  N.  J.  Gelding  Scholarship  Fund 

The  N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1966  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  N.  J.  Golding,  Jr.,  in  honor  of  Dr.  N.  J.  Golding,  who  for  30  years  was 
Secretary  of  the  Millsaps  College  Board  of  Trustees  and  whose  service  to  the 
Methodist  Church  in  Mississippi  extended  over  a  period  of  a  half  century.  The 
income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  to  a  ministerial  student  or  under 
certain  circumstances  to  a  chemistry  major. 

The  Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship 

The  Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship  was  created  by  her  husband,  Wharton 
Green,  of  the  Class  of  1898,  and  their  three  children,  Margaret  G.  Rvmyon, 
Clarissa  G.  Coddington,  and  Wharton  Green,  Jr. 

The  Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship 

On  the  50th  anniversary  of  his  graduation,  Mr.  Green  established  a  $5,000.00 
fund  at  Millsaps  College.  This  amount  has  now  been  substantially  increased. 
The  income  from  this  fund  will  be  given  annually  to  students  selected  by  the 
Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty.  Mr.  Green  was  a  Consulting  Engineer  in 
New  York  City  for  many  years. 

The  Clyde  W,  Hall  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1953  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Clyde  W. 
Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded 
annually  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  deserving  students. 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1966 
by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi.  The  recipient  is  to 
be  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  James  Hand,  Sr.,  Scholarship 

The  James  Hand,  Sr.,  Scholarship  has  been  created  by  James  Hand,  Jr., 
of  Rolling  Fork,  Mississippi,  honoring  his  father. 

The  James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1967  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Hardin  and 
Reid  McGee  &  Company  in  memory  of  James  E.  Hardin,  the  son  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.   Hardin   and  a  prominent  attorney  in   the   city  of  Jackson.    Income   from 

24 


this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  in  the  form  of  a  scholarship  to  a  pre-law 
student  at  Millsaps.  The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the 
faculty. 

The  C.  J.  Henry  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  C.  J.  Henry  of  Jackson,  Mississippi, 
in  1963.    The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1969  by  Mrs.  John  Paul  Henry 
in  memory  of  her  husband,  John  Paul  Henry.  Interest  from  this  fund  will  go  as 
a  scholarship  each  year  to  some  deserving  student  selected  by  the  Awards 
Committee  of  the  faculty.  Preference  as  to  a  recipient  shall  be  given  to  a  stu- 
dent preparing  for  the  ministry  in  the  United  Methodist  Church. 

The  Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  December,  1954,  by  an  anonymous 
donor  to  honor  Alvin  Jon  King,  the  director  of  the  Millsaps  Singers,  1934-1956. 
Income  from  this  fund  is  given  each  year  to  one  or  more  students  of  music 
or  music  activities  of  the  College.  The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Com- 
mittee of  the  faculty. 

The  Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

A  bequest  of  approximately  $100,000.00  has  been  made  to  the  College 
by  the  late  Mrs.  Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  to  provide  loans  and  grants  to 
worthy  students  in  their  pursuit  of  an  education. 

The  Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Lester  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1959  by  the  will  of  the 
late  Miss  Daisy  Lester  as  a  memorial  to  her  parents,  the  Reverend  and  Mrs. 
W.  C.  Lester.  Recipients  of  awards  from  this  fund  must  be  residents  of 
Mississippi  and  must  give  evidence  of  need  for  financial  assistance  to  pursue 
a  college  education. 

The  Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fimd  was  established  in  1967  by 
the  Reverend  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  Long  in  memory  of  their  daughter,  Susan  Long, 
a  1966  graduate  of  Millsaps  College.  Miss  Long  had  begun  a  career  in  teaching 
before  her  untimely  death.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each 
year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  deserving  students. 

The  Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1965,  as  a  memorial  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  E.  McGehee.  Funds  for  the  scholar- 
ship consist  of  income  from  stocks  given  to  Millsaps  by  Mrs.  McGehee  during 
her  lifetime.  Interest  from  the  funds  will  go  to  a  ministerial  student  selected 
by  the  College. 

The  Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship 

The  Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship  was  established  in  1968  by  Dr. 
and  Mrs.   W.   E.   Calhoun  of  Moss  Point,   Mississippi,   in  honor   of  their   aunt, 

25 


Miss    Lida    Ellsberry    Malone    of    Pensacola,    Florida.     The    scholarship    will    be 
awarded  annually  to  a  student  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship  was  created  by  Mrs.  Mars 
and  her  three  sons,  Norman,  Henry,  and  Lewis  of  Philadelphia,  Mississippi,  and 
daughter,  Mrs.  D.  W.  Bridges  of  Athens,  Georgia.  Scholarships  from  this  fund 
are  to  be  given  to  ministerial  students. 

The  Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1969  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  O.  May  of 
Greenville.  The  purpose  of  this  fund  is  to  provide  financial  assistance  to  worthy 
students  at  Millsaps. 

The  Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1966  during  the  lifetime  of  Mr. 
Arthur  C.  Miller  by  the  firm  of  Michael  Baker,  Jr.,  Inc.,  as  an  honor  to  him 
and  now  it  serves  as  a  memorial  to  him.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to 
be  awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  a  pre- 
engineering  student. 

The  Millsaps  Ministerial  Scholarship 

The  Millsaps  Club  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church  established  this  fund  in  1950.  The  income  is  awarded  each  year  by 
the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  a  ministerial  student  or  students. 

The  Mitchell  Scholarship 

In  1951,  the  Mitchell  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  late  Benjamin 
Ernest  Mitchell  as  a  memorial  to  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Scott  Mitchell.  Upon  Dr. 
Mitchell's  death  in  1934,  the  scholarship  has  been  redesignated,  at  the  request 
of  his  daughters,  as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Mitchell  and  Mrs.  Mitchell. 

The  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  is  being  established  by  the  friends  of  Harvey  T.  Newell, 
Jr.,  a  1933  graduate  of  the  College.  While  a  student  at  Millsaps,  Mr.  Newell 
was  prominent  in  school  affairs  and  served  as  editor  of  the  Purple  and  White.  At 
the  time  of  his  accidental  death  in  1953,  the  prominent  young  business  execu- 
tive was  on  official  business  in  his  office  as  National  President  of  Pi  Kappa 
Alpha  Fraternity. 

The  Bishop  Edward  H.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Bishop  Edward  H.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1965  in  honor  of  Bishop  Edward  H.  Pendergrass,  the  presiding  United  Methodist 
Bishop  of  the  Jackson  area.  This  fund  was  endowed  by  Mr.  C.  R.  Ridgway 
of  Jackson,  Mississippi.  Interest  from  this  fund  will  go  as  a  scholarship  to 
some  deserving  Millsaps  ministerial  student. 

The  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship 

A  scholarship  was  established  in  1961,  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Richard  R.  Priddy, 
known  as  the  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Woman's  Christian  Workers  Fund. 
Interest  accrued  is   applied  toward   the   tuition   of   a   young   woman   who   trains 

26 


for  full-time  Christian  service.    The  scholarship  is  awarded  each  semester.    The 
principal  includes  Mrs.  Priddy's  insurance  and  gifts  from  many  friends. 

The  Ricketts  Scholarship 

The  R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship  was  created  by  Professor  Ricketts'  two 
sons  and  named  for  their  father,  a  long-time  member  of  the  Millsaps  faculty. 

The  Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship 

Mrs.    Meddie    R.    Cox,  who    during   her   lifetime    assisted   financially   many 

Millsaps  students  to  obtain  an  education,  has  bequeathed  to  the  College  funds 

to   continue  this   assistance  in   a   scholarship.   At  her   request  the   scholarship   is 
in  memory  of  her  parents. 

The  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1968  by  the  membership  of  the 
Central  United  Methodist  Church  of  Meridian  in  honor  of  Dr.  H.  Lowry  Rush, 
Sr.,  who  was  a  prominent  physician  in  the  city  of  Meridian.  Interest  from  this 
fund  will  go  as  a  scholarship  each  year  to  some  deserving  Millsaps  Ministerial 
student. 

The  Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1968  by  Mr. 
Richard  O.  Rush  to  help  students  attending  Millsaps   College. 

The  Charles  Christopher  Scott  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1967  by  Mrs.  Charles  Christopher 
Scott,  Mr.  Frank  T.  Scott,  and  other  members  of  the  family,  in  memory  of 
Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each 
year  by  the  faculty  Awards  Committee  to  deserving  students. 

The  George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  of  Corinth, 
in  memory  of  her  husband.  The  scholarship  provided  for  by  the  interest  from 
this  fund  will  be  awarded  to  a  ministerial  student  selected  by  the  College. 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1966  in  honor  of  the  Reverend  and 
Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  of  Forest,  Mississippi.  Income  from  this  fund  is  to  be 
used  for  scholarships  with  preference  given  to  ministerial  students. 

The  Albert  Bumell  Shelton  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  the  fall  of  1955  by  Mrs.  A.  B.  Shelton 
of  Lambert,  Mississippi,  as  a  memorial  to  her  late  husband,  Albert  Bumell  Shelton. 
The  income  from  this  fund  will  be  awarded  each  year  to  some  worthy  student 
or   students   selected   by   the   College. 

The  William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1964  by  Mr.  Austin  L.  Shipman  in  memory 
of  his  father,  who  was  a  dedicated  minister  of  the  Methodist  Church  for  over 
fifty  years.  The  recipient  is  to  be  a  senior  ministerial  student  chosen  by  the 
Advisory  Committee  of  the  Foundation. 

27 


The  Willie  E.   Smith  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  Willie  E.  Smith  in  1951.  Interest 
from  the  fund  will  go  to  some  ministerial  student  selected  by  the  College. 

The  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  Of  The 
Hattiesburg  District  Of  The  United  Methodist  Church 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1966  by  the  membership  of  the 
Methodist  churches  in  the  Hattiesburg  District  in  honor  of  Dr.  Benjamin  M. 
Stevens  for  leadership  for  twenty-six  years  as  District  Lay  Leader  and  Lay 
Leader  in  the  Mississippi  Annual  Conference.  The  income  from  this  fund  is 
to  be  awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  a  needy 
student  of  the  Hattiesburg  District  with  preference  given  to  a  ministerial  student. 

The  E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1969  by  Edward  Stewart  and  friends 
in  memory  of  his  father,  E.  B.  Stewart.  Income  from  this  fund  is  given  each  year 
to  one  or  more  students  interested  in  the  study  and  development  of  human 
relations. 

The  R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

In  1967  a  gift  of  approximately  $500,000.00  was  made  to  the  College  by 
Dr.  R.  Mason  Strieker  to  establish  this  scholarship  fund.  The  income  from  this 
fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to 
worthy  students  in  their  pursuit  of  an  education. 

The  Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  Mike  P.  Sturdivant  in  1965.  Interest 
from  the  fund  will  go  to  a  worthy  student  selected  by  the  College. 

The  Sullivan  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  scholarship  was  established  in  memory  of  Dr.  W.  T.  J.  Sullivan  and 
in  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  J.  Magruder  Sullivan,  for  forty-five  years  professor 
of  Chemistry  and  Geology.  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  to  ministerial 
students  only.  Mr.  C.  C.  Sullivan,  son  of  Dr.  J.  M.  Sullivan,  has  recently  made 
a  generous  gift  to  this  scholarship  fund  and  is  serving  as  a  trustee  of  the 
scholarship. 

The  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  gifts  secured  by  the  late  Dr.  J.  M. 
Sullivan.  It  has  been  increased  with  other  gifts  since  the  death  of  Dr.  Sulli- 
van and  has  now  become  the  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  in  memory  of  Dr. 
J.  Magruder  Sullivan.  The  scholarship  was  established  to  encourage  students 
majoring  in  geology  to  go  into  the  field  of  geology  teaching.  The  recipient 
of  this  scholarship  is  to  be  a  junior  or  a  senior  of  Christian  character  and 
ambitious  purpose;  under  the  terms  of  the  scholarship,  the  student  selected 
may  do  a  year  of  graduate  work  in  geology.  The  Head  of  the  Geology  De- 
partment, the  Dean,  and  the  President  of  the  College  make  up  the  committee 
to  select  the  student  who  will  receive  the  scholarship. 

The  James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  the  grandparents  and  parents,  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  James  Monroe  Wallace,  Sr.,  and  Jr.,  of  Como,  Mississippi,  in  memory 

28 


of  the  little  boy,  who  passed  away  when  he  was  about  five  years  old.  Interest 
from  the.  fund  will  go  as  a  scholarsliip  to  some  deserving  Millsaps  ministerial 
student. 

The  W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  created  to  help  worthy  students  with  their  college 
expenses.  The  income  from  the  fund  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student  selected 
by  the  Awards  Committee  of  die  faculty. 

The   Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship 

Dr.  Milton  C.  White  established  this  scholarship  during  his  lifetime  and 
its  funds  have  been  augmented  by  friends  of  Dr.  White.  The  recipient  each 
year  is  to  be  a  major  in  the  Department  of  English. 

The  Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship 

This  endowed  scholarship  was  established  in  1959  by  Mrs.  Robert  Price 
(nee  Jessie  Vickers)  and  Miss  Eleanor  Vickers  as  a  memorial  to  their  father, 
the  Reverend  Dennis  E.  Vickers.  In  the  awarding  of  the  scholarship  preference 
is  given  to  stvidents  preparing  for  a  full-time  church  vocation. 

SPONSORED 
Fraternity  Scholarship  Award 

The  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  National  Memorial  Foundation  Scholarship  Award  of 
$300.00  is  given  in  memory  of  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  who  was  National  Presi- 
dent of  the  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  Fraternity. 

This  scholarship  award  is  to  be  given  to  a  worthy  fraternity  sophomore 
who  is  judged  to  have  Christian  character,  leadership  qualities,  and  financial 
need.  This  award  is  granted  through  Millsaps  College  in  appreciation  of  its 
contribution  to  the  fraternity  life  of  the  nation.  The  recipient  of  the  award  will 
be  selected  by  the  faculty  committee  on  awards  and  scholarship  aid. 

The  Galloway  Church  Bible  Class  Scholarships 

Several  Church  School  Classes  of  Galloway  Memorial  United  Methodist 
Church,  including  the  Memorial  Bible  Class,  the  Women's  Bible  Class,  the 
Hemingway  Bible  Class,  and  the  Watkins  Bible  Class,  contribute  funds  annually 
to  the  scholarship  program  of  Millsaps  College.  Recipients  of  these  scholarships 
are  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty.  The  Watkins  Bible  Class 
scholarships  are  for  ministerial  students. 

The  Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1967  in  honor  of  Mrs.  Nellie  Hederi 
by  her  friends. 

The  Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1963  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frederick  T.  Hoff 
of  Gulfport,  Mississippi,  in  memory  of  their  son,  Albert  Joseph  Thomas  Hoff. 
The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  Albert  L.  and  Florence  O.  Hopkins  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1949  by  Mr.  Albert  Lafayette  Hopkins 
of  Chicago.  Mr.  Hopkins  was  born  in  Hickory,  Mississippi,  and  entered  Millsaps 
College  in  1900.  The  recipient  of  the  scholarship  is  chosen  by  the  Awards 
Committee  of  the  faculty. 

29 


The  Jackson  Christian  Education  Association  Scholarship 

The  Jackson  Christian  Education  Association  established  this  scholarship 
in  1967  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  some  worthy  student  preparing  for  a  vocation 
in  Christian  education.  Funds  for  this  scholarship  are  derived  from  the  profits 
of  the  Christmas  Basketball  Tournament  sponsored  by  this  association. 

The  Jackson  Civitan  Scholarship 

The  Jackson  Civitan  Scholarship  has  been  established  by  the  Jackson  Civitan 
Club  and  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  junior  student  on  the  basis  of  scholastic 
standing  and  financial  need. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Kimball  Scholarship  Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  by  John  and  Louise  Kimball  of  New 
York  City.  Funds  from  this  scholarship  are  to  be  awarded  to  students  on  the 
basis  of  ability  or  need  or  both. 

The  Lamar  Life  Broadcasting  Company  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  is  given  each  year  by  the  Lamar  Life  Broadcasting  Com- 
pany to  a  deserving  student.  The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee 
of  Millsaps  College. 

The  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1968  by  the  Greater  Mississippi  Life 
Insurance  Company  of  Meridian,  Mississippi.  Preference  shall  be  given  to 
students  majoring  in  business  or  some  related  field.  Selection  of  recipient  to  be 
made   by   the   Administration   of  Millsaps   College. 

The   McCarty   Enterprises   Scholarship 
This   scholarship   was  established  by  Mr.   and  Mrs.    H.   F.   McCarty,  Jr.    of 
Magee,  Mississippi,  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  some  worthy  student  who  needs 
financial  assistance.  The  recipient  will  be  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of 
the  faculty. 

Mississippi  Chi  Omega  Alumnae  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1966  by  the  Jackson  Chi  Omega  Alumnae 
Association  with  the  cooperation  of  Chi  Omega  alumnae  and  actives  throughout 
the  state  of  Mississippi.  It  is  to  be  awarded  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence 
and  financial  need  to  a  woman  student  entering  her  junior  or  senior  year  in  the 
field  of  social  studies.  The  selection  of  the  recipient  is  to  be  made  by  the 
Awards  Committee  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  Mississippi  Petroleum  Scientists  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1963  by  the  Petroleum  Scientists  of 
Mississippi.  The  recipient  must  be  a  student  majoring  in  Geology. 

The  Panhellenic  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  the  Panhellenic  Council  of  Millsaps 
College.  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  woman  student  who  is  a  member 
of  one  of  the  Greek  organizations. 

Teacher  Education  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  1957  by  the  Jackson  Council  of  Parent- 
Teacher  Associations.  The  purpose  of  this  scholarship  is  to  encourage  and  assist 

30 


young  men  and  women  preparing  to  enter  a  teaching  career.  The  recipients 
must  be  regularly  enrolled  students  of  Junior  or  Senior  standing  who  are 
preparing  for  public  school  teaching. 

The   United   Methodist   Youth   Assistant   Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  established  during  the  1957-58  school  session  by  the 
Executive  Committee  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  Methodist  Youth  Fellowship. 
The  award  is  made  annually,  but  the  amount  of  the  financial  assistance  may 
vary  from  year  to  year.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  Conference  Council 
on  Youth  Ministry.  A  minimum  of  four  hours  work  per  week  in  the  department 
of  Youth  Ministry  of  the  Conference  Program  Council  is  required  of  the  recipient. 

The   Dr.    Vernon   Lane    Wharton    Scholarship    Fund 

This  scholarship  fund  was  established  in  1966  in  memory  of  Dr.  Vernon 
Lane  Wharton  by  his  former  students  and  associates.  The  recipient  is  chosen 
by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 


II.  LOAN  FUNDS 

The  Coulter  Loan  Fund 

Mrs.  B.  L.  Coulter  willed  to  the  College  an  endowment  loan  fund,  the 
interest  from  which  is  to  be  loaned  without  interest  to  pre-theological  students 
to  be  selected  by  a  committee  composed  of  the  President  of  the  College,  the 
President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Religion.  Mrs.  Coulter's  father,  Mr.  Robert  McCraine,  also  willed  property  to 
be  added  to  the  endowment. 

Claudine   Curtis   Memorial  Loan   Fund 

This  loan  fund  was  established  in  1963  by  the  Character  Builders  Sunday 
School  Class  of  Capitol  Street  Methodist  Church  in  Jackson,  Mississippi.  Any 
deserving  student  is  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program  if  he  has  a  financial 
need.  This  loan  fund  is  administered  by  the  Administration  and  the  Awards 
Committee  of  Millsaps  College.  Application  should  be  made  to  the  Awards 
Committee. 

The  William  Larkin  Duren  Loan  Fund 

The  William  Larkin  Duren  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  honor  of  Dr. 
William  Larkin  Duren,  Sr.,  of  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  in  1964.  Dr.  Duren  is 
a  distinguished  pastor,  editor,  and  biographer.  He  graduated  from  Millsaps 
College  in  the  class  of  1902.  Any  serious  and  well-established  student  who 
has  given  strong  evidence  of  becoming  a  credit  to  himself  and  to  this  college 
is  eligible  to  participate  in  this  loan  program.  There  should  be  a  financial 
need  as  determined  by  the  Awards  Committee.  This  loan  fund  is  administered 
by  the  Administration  and  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  College. 

The  Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1957  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Paul  Faulkner  of 
Jackson.  The  gift  is  to  be  made  available  as  a  loan  to  any  student  or  students 
regularly  enrolled  at  Millsaps  College.  Preference  is  to  be  given  to  a  member 
of  the  senior  class. 

31 


Federal   Insured  Loan  Program 

Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  Guaranteed  Loan  program  (Title  IV, 
Part  B)  established  by  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965  (Public  Law  89-329). 
"Under  this  program  the  college  supplies  the  loan  applicant  with  a  statement 
that  he  is  enrolled  or  has  been  accepted  for  enrollment,  and  a  statement  of  his 
annual  educational  expenses.  The  student  then  negotiates  a  loan  with  an  eligible 
lending  institution  of  his  own  choice."  An  undergraduate  student  may  borrow 
up  to  $1,500.00  a  year.  If  the  student's  adjusted  family  income  is  under 
$15,000.00  a  year,  the  Government  will  pay  interest  up  to  7  percent  while  he  is 
in  college.  If  the  adjusted  family  income  is  $15,000.00  or  more,  the  student  may 
obtain  a  guaranteed  loan  but  must  pay  the  entire  interest,  up  to  7  percent, 
from  the  start.  In  neither  case  does  repayment  of  the  principal  begin  until  at 
least  nine  months  after  the  borrower  finishes  his  course  of  study  at  an  eligible 
institution. 

The  Kenneth  Gilbert  Loan  Scholarship 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  A.  Gilbert,  Meridian,  Mississippi,  are  endowing  a  loan 
scholarship  as  a  memorial  to  their  son,  Kenneth,  who  lost  his  life  in  World  War 
II.  He  received  the  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  in  1935  and  was  a  member 
of  Kappa  Sigma  fraternity. 

The  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund 

This  fund  was  established  in  1961  by  the  Jackson  Kiwanis  Club.  Any 
deserving  student  is  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program  if  he  has  a  financial 
need.  Applications  should  be  made  to  the  Awards  Committee  or  the  Administra- 
tion Committee  of  the  College.  These  committees  will  review  the  application  for 
recommendation  to  the  Jackson  Kiwanis  Club,  which  will  make  the  final  decision 
regarding  the  application. 

The  Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship 

This  scholarship  was  created  by  the  McFarlane  family  to  be  used  as  a  loan 
without  interest  to  young  people,  preferably  of  the  Christian  Church,  who  are 
going  info  full-time  religious  work  either  as  ministers  or  directors  of  religious 
education  in  that  denomination.  Graham  was  a  Millsaps  graduate  and  lost  his 
life  in  the  Texas  City  disaster  in  1947.  The  scholarship  will  be  administered 
by  the  administration  of  the  College  and  the  executive  secretary  of  the  Christian 
Churches  of  the  state. 

The    National    Defense    Student   Loan    Program 

Beginning  with  the  1958-59  session,  Millsaps  College  has  participated  in 
the  National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program,  established  by  Act  of  Congress 
in  September,  1958,  Public  Law  85-864,  85th  Congress.  Under  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  and  dependent  upon  availability  of  funds,  qualifying  students  may 
borrow  up  to  $1,000  per  year  for  educational  purposes.  Repayment  of  the  loan 
begins  the  first  day  of  the  tenth  month  after  the  borrower  finishes  his  course 
of  study  at  an  eligible  institution,  at  an  interest  rate  of  3  percent.  Students  in 
any  field  of  study  are  eligible  for  such  loans  provided  they  meet  the  established 
requirements,  but  the  law  requires  that  special  consideration  be  given  to  students 
with  superior  academic  records  or  capacity  in  science,  mathematics,  engineering, 
and  modern  languages,  or  to  students  preparing  for  a  career  in  elementary  or 
secondary  school  teaching.  Detailed  information  concerning  these  loans  and 
application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  College. 

32 


J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund 

This  loan  fund  was  established  in  1966  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund  to  honor  Dr.  J.  D.  Slay,  who  has  served  as 
a  minister  of  the  Methodist  Church  for  many  years.  Funds  for  this  program 
are  obtained  through  gifts  and  contributions  made  by  his  many  friends  and 
co-workers.  These  funds  are  to  be  invested  by  Millsaps  College  in  the  United 
Student  Aid  Funds  loan  program  and  thereby  increase  the  value  of  the  original 
investment  12.5  times.  Preference  for  these  loans  shall  be  given  to  ministerial 
students.  The  Awards  Committee  of  Millsaps  College  will  administer  the  pro- 
gram in  cooperation  with  the  Board  of  Tnistees  of  the  J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial 
Loan  Fund. 

United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund 

This  is  a  loan  fund  established  by  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  and  administered  on  die  campus  by  the  Director  of  Religious 
Life  and  Academic  Dean.  Applicants  must  be  members  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church,  full-time  degree  candidates,  wholly  or  partially  self-supporting,  and 
must  have  maintained  a  grade  average  of  C  during  the  term  immediately 
preceding   application. 

United  Student  Aid  Funds 

Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  United  Student  Aid  Funds  Program. 
Under  the  provisjons  of  this  program,  and  dependent  upon  availability  of 
funds,  qualifying  students  may  borrow  up  to  $1,500  per  year  for  educational 
purposes.  Loan  repayment  begins  nine  months  after  the  student  leaves  school. 
The  maximum  rate  is  7%  simple  interest.  Students  in  any  field  of  study  are 
eligible  for  such  loans  provided  they  meet  the  established  requirements.  Detailed 
information  concerning  these  loans  and  application  forms  can  be  secured  from 
the  College.  Loans  are  made  through  a  participating  lending  institution;  however 
the  Awards  Committee  of  the  College  must  first  approve  the  application. 


III.  PART-TIME  EMPLOYMENT 

Opportunities  exist  on  the  campus  and  in  the  city  for  the  employment  of 
students  who  find  it  necessary  to  earn  a  part  of  their  expenses.  Students  who 
want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  apply  through  the  Awards  Committee. 
Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  may  register  with  the  Office  of 
Student  Personnel. 

College  Work-Study  Program 

Millsaps  College  is  participating  in  the  College  Work-Study  Program  estab- 
lished by  the  Economic  Opportunity  Act  of  1964  (Public  Law  88-452),  Title 
I,  Part  C,  as  amended  by  the  Economic  Opportunity  Amendments  of  1965  (Public 
Law  89-253)  and  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965  (Public  Law  89-329),  Tide 
IV,  Part  C.  The  original  program  went  into  effect  during  the  summer  session  of 
1965  and  the  amended  program  went  into  effect  following  the  passage  of  the 
Higher  Education  Act  of  1965  in  November  of  that  year.  Under  the  terms  of  this 
act,  a  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been  established  from  funds  contributed 
by  the  Federal  Government  and  the  College  for  the  purpose  of  providing  financial 
assistance  through  employment. 

33 


EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITY  GRANT 
Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  Educational  Opportunity  Grant  program 
(Title  IV,  Part  A)    established  by  the   Higher   Education   Act   of   1965    (Public 
Law  89-329).    This  program  went  into  effect  the  first  semester  of  the  1966-67 
academic  year. 

The  purpose  of  this  program  is  to  provide  educational  opportunity  grants 
to  assist  in  making  available  the  benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified 
students  of  exceptional  financial  need,  who  for  lack  of  financial  means  of  their 
own  or  of  their  families  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an  education  without  such  aid. 


34 


■„  J 


\ 


fiHiiV.snfii.T. 


if. 


■i-'l 


J>0 

M 


Part  III 


The  Curriculum 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

Minimum   Requirements   for  All    Degrees:  Sem.  Hrs. 

'English  101-102  and  201-202  12 

"Foreign  Language  —  2  years  in  one  language  12 

Histor>-   1 01  - 1 02   ..- 6 

Religion  201-202   6 

'Mathematics   103-104  or   115-116  6  or  8 

Physical    Education    2 

Comprehensive  Examination  in  major  subject,  taken  in  the  Senior  year. 
English  Proficiency  Examination,  given  in  the  Junior  year. 

Additional  Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree: 

'Behavorial  Science   6 

Fine   Arts    3 

•'Natural  Science  —  Biol.  101-102,  111-112,  121-122;  Chem.  101-102, 
121-125,    122-126,   Geol.    101-102;   Phys.    101-102,    131-132   ...6   or  10 

Philosophy    ^. 6 

Electives    to    total    128 

Additional  Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

A  year-course  in  three  of  the  following  sciences: 

Chemistry  121-125,  122-126  --     10 

■'Biology  111-112  or  121-122  8 

Geology   101-102    - 6 

Physics   101-102  or  131-132  6  or  8 

^Behavorial  Science,   Fine  Arts,  or  Philosophy  3 

Electives  to  total   128 

Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree: 
■Natural  Science  —  Biol.  101-102,  111-112,  121-122;  Chem.   101-102, 
121-125,    122-126,   Geol.    101-102;   Phys.    101-102;    131-1.32   ...6    or  8 

Philosophy    6 

^Behavorial   Science   __ 6 

Music  Theory  24 

Music  History     , _ 6 

Applied  Music    20 

Non-music    Electives    10 

Music  Electives  to  total  132 


'HeritiiKe  101-102  may  be  substituted  for  English  201-202,  History  101-102,  and  three 
hours  each  of  Religion,  Philosophy,  and  Fine  Arts  in  meeting  the  degree  requirements. 
Freshman  students  electing  Heritage  101-102  should  substitute  English  103-104  for  English 
101-102.  Credit  will  not  be  allowed  for  both  History  101-102  and  Heritage  101-102  or 
for  both  English  101-102  and  English  103-104;  however,  students  receiving  credit  in  Heritage 
101-102  may  also  receive  credit  in  English  201-202  and  English  313-314  and  all  courses 
in  Religion,  Philosophy,  and  Fine  Arts. 

"If  a  student  has  two  high  school  luiits  and  continues  the  same  language  in  college,  he 
is  required  to  complete  only  the  foreign  languages  201-202  course  (6  hours).  Such  students 
cannot   receive   credit   for  the   101-102   course   in   that   language. 

■■'In  certain  programs  the  requirement  can  be  met  by  taking  Mathematics  10.5-106  or  by 
taking  in  the  second  semester  Mathematics  172.  Credit  cannot  be  allowed  for  lioth 
Mathematics  103  and  115. 

'The  disciplines   included   are:     Economics,   Political    Science,    Psychology,    Sociology. 

^AIl  six  or  eight  hours  in  the  same  course. 

'Biology  121-122  will  be  accejited  for  Geology  majors". 

36 


5.  Art,  Music,  and  Education  Credit: 

The  maximum  number  of  hours  that  will  be  accepted  in  Art,  Music,  and 
Education  applied  toward  a  B.A.  or  a  B.S.  degree  is  as  follows:  Art,  twenty-one 
hours;  Music,  forty-two  hours;  Education,  forty-two  hours. 

6.  Residence  Requirements: 

One  year  of  residence  is  required  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  and  30  of 
the  last  36  hours  of  academic  work  must  be  done  in  residence.  The  two 
exceptions  allowed  to  this  rule  are:  (1)  students  who  have  been  approved 
for  the  prescribed  pre-medical  technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26 
hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and  (2)  students  leaving  to  enter  graduate  or 
professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final  18  hours  of  work.  In  this  latter 
case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps  for  the  second  semester 
of  the  Junior  year  and  the  first  semester  of  the  Senior  year. 

Three  summer  sessions  will  be  considered  as  equivalent  to  the  one  year 
of  residence  recjuired. 

7.  English  Proficiency  Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  recjuired  to  demonstrate 
proficiency  in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given 
by  the  English  Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore 
within  two  and  one-half  hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at 
the  examination. 

The  examination  is  given  by  the  English  Department  at  two  stated  times 
in  the  academic  year.  The  regular  administration  is  on  the  second  Thursday  in 
November  from  4  to  6:30  p.m.  in  Sullivan-Harrell  Hall.  A  special  administration 
of  the  examination  is  given  on  the  second  Thursday  in  March  from  4  to  6:30 
p.m.  in  Murrah  Hall  to  seniors  who  hope  to  graduate  but  who  have  not  passed 
the  Junior  English  Proficiency  Examination.  Seniors  who  fail  the  special  exami- 
nation and  who  think  they  have  compelling  cause  may  petition  the  Academic 
Dean  for  an  extraordinary  administration  of  the  examination  in  the  Summer 
Session  following.  If  the  Dean  grants  the  petition,  he  may  also  stipulate  that 
the  student  must  audit  English  101-102  during  the  Summer  Session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors 
who  failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  register  for  the  November 
administration    of   the   proficiency   examination    at   the   time    of   fall    registration. 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a 
member  of  the  English  Department  for  remedial  instruction.  The  English 
Department  offers  the  tutorial  work  gladly,  but  the  students  must  avail  them- 
selves of  it. 

8.  Extracurricular  Credits: 

The  following  extracurricular  activities  to  a  maximum  of  eight  semester  hours 
may  be  included  in  the  128  semester  hours  required  for  graduation: 

Physical  Education  (Required)  2  Bobashela  Editorial  Staff  6 

Physical  Education  (Elective)  6  Bobashela  Business  Staff  6 

Purple  and  White  Editor  4  Stylus   Editor  4 

Purple  and  White  Business  Stylus  Business  Manager  4 

Manager  4  Players  6 

Purple  and  White  Department  Millsaps  Singers  6 

Editors  6  Student  Government  Officers  4 

Purple  and  White  Staff  6  Student  Government  Representatives  6 

Bobashela   Editor  4  Computer    X150  1 

Bolvishela   Business   Manager  4 

37 


(Only  one  semester  hour  in  each  activity  may  be  earned  in  each  semester, 
except  by  the  Editor  and  Business  Manager  of  the  Purple  and  White,  the 
Bobashela,  the  Stylus,  and  the  officers  in  the  Student  Government.) 

9.  Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must 
major  in  one  of  the  following  areas:  Biology,  Chemistry,  Economics,  Accounting, 
Business  Administration,  Education,  English,  Geology,  German,  Greek,  History, 
Latin,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy,  Physics,  Polilical  Science,  Psychology, 
Religion,  Romance  Languages,  Speech  and  Theatre,  Sociology  and  Anthropology. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate 
department  of  instruction. 

Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful  con- 
sideration and  with  the  consent  of  the  head  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  by  one  of  the  department  heads 
not  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  Three  cards  will  be  signed  by 
the  major  professor  to  show  approval  of  the  choice  of  a  major;  and  these 
cards  will  be  kept  on  file,  one  with  the  Registrar's  Office  and  one  with  the 
major  professor,  and  one  in  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 

No  junior  or  senior  registration  will  be  accepted  as  complete  by  the 
Registrar's  Office  without  the  signed  approval  of  the  major  professor. 

For  failing  to  maintain  a  C  average  or  for  other  good  cause,  a  student 
may  change  his  major  or  be  advised  by  his  major  professor  to  change  his  major 
as  late  as  October  1  of  his  senior  year.  He  must  submit  to  the  Registrar's  Office 
on  regular  form  (obtainable  from  the  Registrar's  Office)  the  express  permission 
of  both  the  Dean  and  the  head  of  the  proposed  new  major  department.  Transfer 
credit  will  be  accepted  toward  a  major  only  with  the  approval  of  the  department. 

10.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactory 
comprehensive  examination  in  his  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given 
in  the  Senior  year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than 
a  single  course  or  series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination 
is  to  coordinate  the  class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a 
way  as  to  relate  the  knowledge  acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  under- 
standing of  the  field  which  could  not  be  acquired  from  individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part 
written  and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion 
of  the  members  of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  con- 
ducted by  a  committee  composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by 
the  department,  one  or  more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or 
other  qualified  persons. 

A  student  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in 
which  he  has  credit  and  which  he  is  currently  enrolled  complete  the  require- 
ments in  the  major  department.  He  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring 
semester  if  he  will  be  within  18  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester. 
The  examination  will  be  given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the 
other  requirements  and  who  will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring 
semester. 

38 


The  time  of  the  comprehensive  examination  given  in  the  spring  semester  is  the 
last  week  in  April  of  each  year.  Comprehensive  examinations  will  not  be  given 
during  the  summer  except  by  permission  of  the  Dean.  Those  who  fail  a  compre- 
hensive examination  may  have  an  opportunity  to  take  another  examination  after 
the  lapse  of  two  months.  If  the  student  fails  the  second  comprehensive,  he  may 
not  have  another  until  he  has  taken  at  least  one  additional  semester's  work  at 
Millsaps  College. 

11.  Quality  index  required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.  and  B.S.  degrees; 
248  for  the  B.  M.  degree.  An  over-all  quality  point  index  of  2.00  is  required  of 
all  students.    The  index  is  always  calculated  on  total  number  of  hours  attempted. 

12.  Application  for  a  degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a 
written  application  for  the  degree  by  March  1  of  the  year  of  his  graduation. 
This  date  will  apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  sum- 
mer school.  Forms  for  degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

13.  Requirements  for  second  degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must 
have  thirty  additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  128  semester  hours 
required  for  the  first  degree  and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of 
the  requirements  for  both  the  second  degree  and  the  second  major. 


SUGGESTED  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

A  regular  student  will  be  required  to  enroll  for  English,  mathematics,  and 
foreign  language  each  year  until  he  has  satisfied  the  degree  requirements  in 
those  subjects.  Entering  freshmen,  however,  may  defer  either  mathematics  or 
foreign  language  until  the  sophomore  year.  These  general  rules  do  not  apply 
to  the  summer  session,  nor  do  they  apply  to  students  entering  the  second 
semester  if  the  appropriate  courses  are  not  offered  at  that  time. 


B.  A.  DEGREE 
Freshmen: 

'English  101-102  6  hr. 

'Mathematics  103-104 6  hr. 

Foreign  Language 6  hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science  „.    6  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Elective    6  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English  201-202  6  hr. 

Foreign  Language  6  hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science   ._..  6  hr. 

Elective    12  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Philosophy  ___  6  hr. 

Religion  201-202  6  hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


B.  S.  DEGREE 
Freshmen: 

'English  101-102  6  hr. 

■Mathematics  115-116 8  hr. 

Foreign   Language   6  hr. 

Science  6  hr. 

Science  or  History  101-102  ._..  6  hr. 
Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English  201-202  6  hr. 

Foreign   Language   6  hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science   .—  6  hr. 

Elective    12  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Science  6  hr. 

Religion  201-202  6  hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


39 


B.  M.  DEGREE 


Freshmen: 

English  101-102  6  hr. 

Mathematics  103-104. 6  hr. 

Foreign   Language  6  hr. 

"Music    101-102    8  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major  4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor  2  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 


Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Philosophy  

Religion  

History  101-102  or 

Science  

Behavioral  Science  

Applied   Music  Major 

Academic  Music  

Non-Music  electives 
Music  Recitals 


6  hr. 

6  hr. 

6  hr. 

6  hr. 

8  hr. 

4  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English  201-202  6  hr. 

Foreign   Language   6  hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science  ._.-  6  hr. 

miusic   201-202   8  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major  4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor  2  hr. 


APPLIED  MUSIC  B.A. 


Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Philosophy  6  hr. 

Religion   201-202   6  hr. 

History  101-102  or  Science  ......  6  hr. 

Music  303-304,  381-382,  401  -...15  hr. 

Applied    Music   8  hr. 

Music  Recitals 


Freshmen: 

Enghsh  101-102  6  hr. 

Mathematics  103-104  6  hr. 

Foreign   Language   6  hr. 

Music   101-102  8  hr. 

Applied  Music 4  hr. 

Physical   Education   2  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English  201-202  6  hr. 

Foreign   Language   6  hr. 

History  101-102  or  Science  -..  6  hr. 

Music  201-202  8  hr. 

Applied  Music  — 1__  4  hr. 

^A  suggested  sequence  of  courses  for  those  students  who  elect  the  Heritage  Program 
is  Kiveii  on  pa^e  50. 

'In  certain  programs  specific  mathematics  courses  are  required. 

"These  courses  count  toward  the  total  of  30  academic  music  semester  hours  required 
for  the  B.M.  degree. 

PRE-MEDICAL  AND  PRE-DENTAL 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult 
the  catalogs  of  the  schools  to  which  they  wi.sh  to  apply  for  their  specific  re- 
quirements. The  following  courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental 
schools. 


Biology  121-122  8  hr. 

Chemistry  121-125,  122-126  _.10  hr. 
Chemistry  231-233,  232-234  ..10  hr. 
Engli.sh   101-102  6  hr. 


Mathematics    115-116    — - 

Phvsics  101-102  and  151-152 


i  hr. 
i  hr. 

or  or 

131-132  and  151-152     10  hr. 
Electives    .42  hr. 


40 


The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory 
Committee  (Berry,  Christmas,  Galloway,  McKeown)  in  designing  a  program  of 
courses  that  will  fit  his  particular  needs,  background,  and  interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  many  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend 
that  the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  his  interest.  This 
catalog  should  be  consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  require- 
ments. Millsaps  and  most  medical  and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend 
that    the    student    develop    a    sound    background    in    the    humanities    and    social 


The  student  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or 
dental  school  catalog  are  minimal  but  that  he  should  give  himself  maximum 
preparation.  In  general,  the  student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by 
his  performance  in  his  introductory  college  courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work 
in  that  science  to  prepare  himself  adequately.  The  student  should  also  utilize 
his  limited  time  in  taking  courses  that  will  not  be  available  during  his  professional 
training.  The  following  courses  are  recommended  as  electives  by  many  medical 
and  dental  schools. 

Biology  (251-252,  381,  391  or  315) 

Chemistry  (251-253,  264-266  or  363-365,  364-366) 

English   (201-202) 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Foreign   Language    (reading   knowledge) 

History  (101-102) 

Mathematics   (311-312) 

Philosophy 

Physics  (301,  306,  311,  315,  or  316) 

Psychology 

Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  (see  page  49).  This  program  gives  the  student  a 
more  flexible  schedule  and  time  to  take  additional  courses  of  his  interest  and 
need. 


PRE-GRADUATE  PROGRAM  IN  LABORATORY  SCIENCES 

Freshmen:  Sophomores: 

English  101-102  6  hr.  English  201-202  6  hr. 

Mathematics  115-116  8  hr.  'German  or  French  6  hr. 

'German  or  French  6  hr.  History   101-102  6  hr. 

Science  6  or  8  hr.  Science  6  or  8  hr. 

Science  6  or  8  hr.  Science   or  Mathematics   8  hr. 

Physical    Education    2  hr.  "Enrollment  is  required  in  the  same 

language  until  credit  is  earned  in  the 
intermediate    courses    (201-202). 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Program  to  be  arranged  in  consultation  with  adviser. 

The  two-year  curriculum  Hsted  above  coordinates  with  the  program  at  the 
School  of  Pharmacy,  University  of  Mississippi. 

41 


PRE-MINISTERIAL 

Freshmen:  Sophomores: 

Heritage    101-102    ._..14  hr.  Foreign   Language   6  hr. 

English    103-104    .._. 4  hr.  Science  __  6  hr. 

Foreign    Language    6  hr.  Psychology     6  hr. 

Mathematics    103-104    6  hr.  Religion   201-202   6  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr.  Speech   101-102   6  hr. 

Typing  2  hr. 

Juniors:  Seniors: 

Economics   — 6  hr.  Philosophy  6  hr. 

Sociology  6  hr.  Religion   6  hr. 

Philosophy 6  hr.  Political  Science  6  hr. 

Religion   6  hr.  Elective    9  hr. 

English   Literature   6  hr.  Music  315  3  hr. 

Elective    6  hr. 

This  curriculum  may  be  followed  also  by  those  planning  to  be  Directors  of 
Christian  Education. 

Students  planning  professional  careers  in  the  church  must  plan  to  attain 
the  appropriate  professional  degree  from  a  seminary,  and  should  obtain  a  broad 
undergraduate  liberal  arts  basis  as  preparation  for  their  professional  education. 
Any  undergraduate  major  may  be  chosen,  but  students  should  especially  con- 
sider majors  in  Ancient  Languages,  English,  History,  Philosophy,  Psychology, 
Psychology-Sociology,  Religion,  or  Sociology.  The  general  foreign  language  re- 
quirement is  best  met  by  German,  Greek,  or  Latin  as  preparation  for  seminary 
education. 

PRELAW 

No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning 
to  go  to  law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-law  program  for  all  students.  To  do 
well  in  the  study  of  law,  a  student  should  possess 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and  precisely; 

(b)  critical   understanding   of   the   human   institutions   with   which   the    law 
deals; 

(c)  creative  power  in  thinking. 

Different  students  may  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  from 
different  courses.  Therefore,  the  student  should  consult  with  his  faculty  or 
major  adviser  and  with  the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses 
that  will  best  fit  his  particular  needs,  background,  and  interests.  The  student 
with  a  pre-law  interest  should  consult  the  pre-law  adviser,  Mr.  Adams,  from 
time  to  time. 

PRE-SOCIAL  WORK 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  Social  Work 
should  plan  a  broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences. 
Because  of  the  widely  varied  opportunities  in  this  field,  no  specific  schedule  of 
courses  is  recommended  for  the  Junior  and  Senior  years.  Instead,  each  student 
is  urged  to  consult  with  his  faculty  adviser  to  plan  a  schedule. 

42 


EDUCATIONAL  CERTIFICATION  PROGRAMS 

TEACHER  EDUCATION 

A  placement  bureau  for  teachers  is  maintained  under  the  direction  of  the 
Department  of  Education.  It  seeks  to  further  the  interests  of  teachers  educated  at 
Millsaps  College  and  to  be  of  service  to  school  officials  who  wish  to  secure  able 
teachers. 

Millsaps  offers  a  major  in  elementary  education  at  two  levels:  kindergarten 
through  the  third  grade;  fourth  through  the  eighth  grade. 

A  major  in  secondary  education  is  not  offered;  the  student  desirous  of 
secondary  certification  is  required  to  major  in  some  department  other  than 
Education.  For  endorsement  to  teach,  the  student  must  take  certain  specified 
courses  in  general  education,  specified  courses  in  his  major  field,  and  specified 
courses  in  Education. 

State  requirements  for  teaching  certificates  are  quite  detailed  and  specific, 
and  students  must  take  the  exact  courses  specified.  It  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  student  at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels  to  coordinate  courses 
for  certification  to  teach  with  requirements  for  graduation  from  Millsaps  out- 
lined on  page  36. 

The  courses  listed  below  are  specific  courses  required  to  qualify  for  the 
Class  A  Elementary  Certificate  and  the  Class  A  Secondary  Certificate. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

a.  Minimum  general  education  requirements  for  certification  in  grades  K-3  and 
4-8  are  as  follows: 

Sem.  Hrs. 

English    12 

Science     12 

Biological    Science    6  sem.  hrs. 

Physical  Science    (earth  science,  chemistry,  physics, 

astronomy,  geology,  space  science,  etc.)   6  sem.  hrs. 

Social  Studies  12 

American  or  World  History  6  sem.  hrs. 

Other  social  studies  except  religion  -—6  sem.  hrs. 

Mathematics    6 

The  structure  of  the  real  number  system 

and   its   sub-systems   3  sem.  hrs. 

Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  and  Informal  Geometry  __..3  sem.  hrs. 

Personal  Hygiene  3 

Speech  __ 3 

Total    --48 

b.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  K-3: 

Child    Psychology    _ 3 

Educational    Psychology   3 

Measurement   and   Evaluation   3 

Reading  - 6 

Language  Arts  (including  its  nature  and  structure)  _ 3 

43 


Literature   for   Children _.. —.  3 

Art  for   Children   _ J 3 

Music  for  Children  - 3 

Directed    Teaching 6 

Methods  Course  3 

Principles  of  Early  Childhood  Education  - 3 

Total    39 

c.  One  area  of  concentration  selected  from  the  following  list  will  be  attained: 
(This  area  may  include  the  hours  earned  in  general  education  and  specialized 
education. ) 

English    _. _ 18 

Science 18 

Social  Studies  18 

Mathematics    12 

Library   Science   15 

Reading  12 

Speech  _ 12 

Art   15 

Music  12 

Health  and  Physical  Education  15 

Exceptional    Children    12 

d.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  4-8: 

Sam.  Hrs. 

Adolescent    Psychology   __„ 3 

Educational  Psychology  _— 3 

Measurement   and   Evaluation   3 

Reading  _ 6 

Language  Arts  (including  its  nature  and  structure)  3 

Literature  for  Children  in  the  Intermediate  Grades  and 

Junior  High  School  _ _ 3 

Art   for   Children   :. 3 

Music  for   Children 3 

Directed  Teaching  6 

Methods  Course  (related  to  area  of  concentration  and  familiarity 
with  audio-visual  aids,  units  of  work  and  organizational  patterns 
which  include  the   self-contained  classroom,   team  teaching,   and 

nongradedness)     6 

Total    39 

e.  Two  areas  of  concentration  selected  from  the  previously  emimerated  list  will 
be  attained. 

SECONDARY   EDUCATION   PROGRAM 

Sem.  Hrs. 

English    ..___. ._.._ 12 

Fine  Arts  (Any  course  in  art  or  music  will  meet  this  requirement.)  _ _-  3 

Personal  Hygiene  3 

Science _ 12 

6  sem.  hours  in  biological  science 
6  sem.  hours  in  physical  science 

44 


Mathematics    3 

(This  course  must  emphasize  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system 
and  its  subsystems.) 

Social  Studies  12 

6  semester  hours  to  be  in  United  States  and  World  History  or  both 
6  semester  hours  to  be  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  subjects: 
political  science,  anthropology,  sociology,  economics,  general  psy- 
chology*, social  psychology. 

Speech  3 

'Psychology  202  is  a  Millsaps  prerequisite  for  courses  in  Education. 

Professional  Education:  Seni.  Hrs. 

a.  Educational    Psychology   3 

b.  Human  Growth  and  Development  or  Adolescent  Psychology  3 

c.  Principles  of  Teaching  in  High  School  3 

d.  Secondary  Methods  Course  Related  to  Teaching  Field  3 

*e.    Directed  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Field  6 

Total    18 

*Three  years  of  teaching  experience  in  the  secondary  field  (grades  7-12)  may 
be  substituted  in  lieu  of  Directed  Teaching,  but  the  applicant  must  have  a 
total  of  18  semester  hours  of  professional  education. 

Specific  courses  which  must  be  included  for  certification  in  a  major  field  are: 

English 

English  301  or  302,  365  or  366  or  350,  397.  Thirty  semester  hours  are 
required  for  endorsement,  of  which  three  hours  may  be  in  Speech. 

Foreign  Language 

Completion  of  the  major  requirements  in  any  language  will  more  than  satisfy 
the  requirements  for  teaching  that  language.  It  is  recommended  that  the 
student  also  take  two  years  of  a  second  language. 

Mathematics 

Twenty-four  semester  hours  are  required  for  endorsement.  Fifteen  hours 
must  include  Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus,  six 
hours  of  which  must  be  in  Calculus.  Nine  hours  must  include  two  of  the 
following  areas:  Abstract  Algebra,  Modern  Geometry,  Foundations  of  Mathe- 
matics, Probability  and  Statistics. 

Music 

Students  planning  to  teach  Music  in  the  public  schools  should  arrange  their 
programs  after  consultation  with  the  Music  Department.   Following  are  the 
requirements  by  years   in   both   Education   and   Music   for  the   Bachelor   of 
Arts  degree  in  Music  Education: 
Freshmen: 

Two  hours  each  of  voice  and  piano. 

Sophomores: 

Music  101-102  and  two  hours  each  of  voice  and  piano. 

45 


Juniors: 

Education  207,  252,  372;  Music  201,  335;  two  hours  of  piano;  five  hours 
of  voice;  recital. 

Seniors: 

Education  412  or  452;  Speech,  3  hrs..  Music  341-342,  381,  and  two  hrs. 
of  electives;  two  hours  of  piano;  five  hours  of  voice;  recital. 

The  foregoing  requirements  apply  specifically  to  the  Vocal  Music  Educa- 
tion Endorsement.  For  the  Applied  Music  Endorsement  the  student  can  complete 
two  hours  of  voice  and  four  hours  of  piano,  and  then  devote  the  remaining 
hours  listed  above  as  voice  and  piano  (a  total  of  16  hours,  including  the  junior 
and  senior  recitals)  toward  the  particular  instrument  (voice,  piano,  or  other  in- 
strument) in  which  he  wishes  to  specialize.  This  combination  will  meet  the 
state  certification  requirements. 

Science 

Biological   Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  including  16  semester  or  24  quarter  hours  in 
biology,    including   botany    and   zoology 

Chemistry: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including  16  semester  hours  in  chemistry 

Physics: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including  16  semester  hours  in  physics 

Earth  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  with  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in 
earth  sciences,   (Geology,  Meteorology,  Astronomy) 

General  Science*: 

32  semester  hours  in  any  sciences 

"After  September  1,  1967,  for  an  endorsement  to  teach  General  Science, 
the  required  32  semester  or  48  quarter  hours  in  sciences  must  include 
the  following:  -^ 

Sem.  Hrs. 

Earth  and  Space  Science 3 

Chemistry    3 

Physics     3 

Combined  Science   (biology,  chemistry,  and  physics): 

Biological  Science  (including  Botany)   _16 

Chemistry    16 

Physics      __. ____ 16 

(A  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  in  mathematics  may  be  applied  toward 
meeting  the  endorsement  requirement  in  physics.) 

Social  Studies 

History  201-202;  three  hours  each  in  Economics,  Government,  Geography, 
and  Mississippi  History.  Thirty  hours  are  required  for  endorsement,  exclusive 
of  Psychology.  Electives  should  be  chosen  to  apply  toward  a  major  in 
History,  Economics,  Sociology,  or  Political  Science. 

46 


Speech 

Twenty-four    semester    hours.    A    maximum    of    6    semester    hours    will    be 
accepted  from  English.  Other  courses  to  include: 

Sem.  Hrs. 

Speech   Fundamentals  3 

Public  Speaking  3 

Oral    Interpretation    3 

Dramatics    3 

Electives    12 

Total    24 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

ENGINEERING 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested 
in  engineering. 

3-2  Engineering  B.S.  Program:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  two 
engineering  schools — Columbia  University  and  Vanderbilt  University — by  which 
a  student  may  attend  Millsaps  for  three  years  for  a  total  of  110  hours  or  more 
and  then  continue  his  work  at  either  of  the  two  schools  listed  above,  transferring 
back  18  hours  or  less  for  a  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth 
year  receive  his  engineering  degree  from  the  engineering  school. 

4-2  Master's  Program  in  Engineering:  Columbia  University  also  has  a  4-2 
program  in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years,  completing  his  degree 
requirements  and  then  spending  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a 
Master's  degree  in  Engineering. 

Columbia  University  offers  degrees  in  Civil,  Electrical,  Industrial,  Mechani- 
cal, Metallurgical,  Mining,  and  Chemical  Engineering.  Vanderbilt  University 
offers  Bachelor  of  Engineering  degrees  in  Cheniical,  Civil,  Electrical,  and  Me- 
chanical Engineering. 

Below  is  listed  the  course  of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  listed  above.  The 
course  is  the  same  for  all  degrees  at  the  three  schools  with  the  exception  of 
Chemical  Engineering,  and  the  substitute  courses  for  it  are  also  listed. 

For  further  information  on  these  programs,  write  to  Chairman,  Mathematics 
Department,  Millsaps  College. 

Freshmen: 

English  101-102  (Composition)    — — - 6  hours 

Mathematics   115-116   (pre-Calculus)    - 8 

Foreign  Language  6 

Chemistry  121-125,   122-126   (Inorganic)   10 

Electives     ___ 6 

Physical    Education    2 

Total  36  hours 
47 


Sophomores: 

English  201-202   (Literature)   6  hours 

Foreign    Language    6 

Mathematics  215-216   (Calculus)   8 

Physics   121-132   (General  Physics)    8 

Physics  331°'  (Classical  Mechanics)  3 

Chemistry  251-253   (Analytical  I)    4 

Electives     3 

Total  38  hours 

Juniors: 

Mathematics  351-335   (Differential  Equations,  Probability)   6 

Economics  201-202   (Principles  and  Problems)    6 

Geology  101-102   (Physical-Historical)    or 

Biology    101-102    (Fundamentals) 6 

History  101-102   (Survey  of  Western  Civilization)   6 

Religion  201-202   (Old  and  New  Testament)    --  6 

Electives  and  Major  Subject  ___. 8 

Total  38  hours 
Three  year  total — 112  hours. 

SUBSTITUTE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  A  B.S.  IN  CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING   AT   COLUMBIA 

Chemistry  354-356  (Analytic  II)*  4  hours 

Chemistry  231-233,  232-234"  10 

Chemistry  363-365,  364-366*  8 


"Required  of  Chemistry  majors  at  Millsaps  and  can  be  taken  as  Major  Subject. 

Three  year  total  for  Chemical  Engineering — 116  hours. 

*°When  offered.    Not  required  for  a  B.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering  at  Columbia 

University. 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three  year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter 
schools  of  medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary 
science  and  mathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  foreign 
language,  sociology,  composition,  literature  and  other  courses  which  insure  a 
liberal  arts  experience  for  premedical  technology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of 
medical  technology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  American  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying 
board  recognized  by  the  American  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of 
Clinical  Pathologists,  the  American  Colleges  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital 
Association  and  other  authoritative  medical  groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years 
at  Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with 
at   least   the  third   year   spent   in   residence   here)    and    the    senior   year   at   the 

48 


approved  hospital.  The  student  must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the 
B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Biology,  by  talcing  the  courses  outlined  below. 
The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  completing  the  requirements 
of  128  semester  hours  for  graduation.  A  satisfactory  grade  on  the  national 
registry  examination  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  departmental  comprehensive  oral 
examination.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the  first  commencement  exercise 
following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology  training  and  passing  the 
national   registry   examination. 

Medical  technology  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college 
may  secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of 
medical  technology. 


Freshman  Year 


First  Semester 

English   101  3  hrs. 

Mathematics  103  or  115  3  hrs. 

Foreign    Language    3  hrs. 

Biology    121    4  hrs. 

Chemistry   121   &   125  5  hrs. 


Second  Semester 

English  102  3  hrs. 

Mathematics  104  or  116  ___ 3  hrs. 

Foreign    Language    3  hrs. 

Biology    122    4  hrs. 

Chemistry   122  &   126  5  hrs. 


18  hrs. 
Sophomore  Year 


18  hrs. 


English 
Foreign 
History 
Biology 


First  Semester 

201  3  hrs. 

Language  3  hrs. 

101  3 

251  5 


Chemistry  251  &  253  4 


hrs. 
hrs. 
hrs. 


Second  Semester 

English    202    3  hrs. 

Foreign    Language    3  hrs. 

History    102    3  hrs. 

Biology    252    5  hrs. 

Behavorial  Science,  Fine  Arts 

or   Philosophy   .._. 3  hrs. 


18  hrs. 


17  hr 


Junior  Year 


First  Semester 

Biology    381 ..-  4  hrs. 

Biology    491    1  hr. 

Religion   201    3  hrs. 

Physics    101   3  hrs. 

Chemistry  231   &  233  5  hrs. 

Physical    Education    1  hr. 


Second  Semester 

Biology    492    1  hr. 

Religion    202   3  hrs. 

Physics   102   3  hrs. 

Chemistry  232  &  234  5  hrs. 

Physical    Education    1  hr. 

Elective    3  hrs. 


17  hr 


16  hrs. 


SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

THE  HERITAGE  PROGRAM 

The  Heritage  Program  is  the  first  of  several  interdisciplinary  courses  and 
programs  planned  and  envisioned  as  a  result  of  an  extensive  curriculum  review 
and  revision  recently  undertaken  by  the  Faculty  of  Millsaps  College.  It  is 
especially   designed    for  entering   Freshmen    and   provides   an   alternative   to    the 


49 


traditional  method  of  fulfilling  basic  curriculum  requirements  in  English,  history, 
religion,  philosophy,  and  the  fine  arts. 

In  the  traditional  approach  the  student  enrolls  in  a  series  of  separate  courses; 
in  the  Heritage  Program,  the  resources  and  perspectives  of  many  departments 
are  combined  to  present  the  story  of  Man's  heritage  in  its  many  dimensions. 
The  student  still  works  in  the  areas  of  history,  literature,  religion,  philosophy, 
fine  arts,  classical  studies,  communication  skills,  etc.,  but  in  the  Heritage  Program 
he  approaches  all  of  these  within  an  interdisciplinary  framework.  Lectures  and 
discussion  leaders  come  from  a  variety  of  disciplines. 

The  Heritage  Program  consists  of  two  closely  related  courses  running  parallel 
to  one  another:  Heritage  101-102,  THE  CULTURAL  HERITAGE  OF  THE 
WEST  (which  fulfills  the  degree  requirements  in  History  101-102,  English 
201-202,  3  hours  of  religion,  3  hours  of  philosophy,  and  3  hours  of  fine  arts) 
and  English  103-104,  COMPOSITION  (which  fulfills  the  degree  requirement 
in  English  101-102).  Normally  students  interested  in  participating  in  the  Heritage 
Program  should  enroll  in  both  of  these  courses  in  the  Freshman  year;  however, 
B.S.  candidates  may  defer  Heritage  101-102  to  the  Sophomore  year,  but  will  be 
required  to  enroll  in  English  101-102  in  the  Freshman  year.  B.S.  candidates  who 
expect  advanced  placement  (intermediate  level  or  beyond)  in  a  foreign  language 
must  take  the  language  in  the  Freshman  year. 


B.  A.  Degree 
Freshmen: 

Heritage    101-102    14  hrs. 

English    103-104   4  hrs. 

Mathematics    103-104    6  hrs. 

Fore'gn    Language    6  hrs. 

Sophomores: 

Foreign    Language    6  hrs. 

Philosophy    3  hrs. 

Religion    3  hrs. 

Behavioral   Science  6  hrs. 

Science   6  hrs. 

Elective    6  hrs. 

B.  S.  Degree  (Option  1) 
Freshmen: 

Heritage    101-102    ._.-14  hrs. 

English    103-104   _._. _....  4  hrs. 

Mathematics   115-116  8  hrs. 

Science   6  hrs. 

Sophomores: 

Foreign    Language    6  hrs. 

Science   6  hrs. 

Elective    18  hrs. 


Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Foreign    Language    6  hrs. 

Religion    ____  3  hrs. 

Science  6  hrs. 

Major   Subject 
Elective 

B.  S.  Degree   (Option  2) 
Freshmen: 

English   101-102   6  hrs. 

Mathematics   115-116  8  hrs. 

Foreign    Language    6  hrs. 

Science   6  hrs. 

Elective    6  hrs. 

Sophomores: 

Heritage    101-102 14  hrs. 

Foreign    Language    6  hrs. 

Science   6  hrs. 

Elective 


Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Religion    

Major  Subject 
Electives 


3  hrs. 


THE  HONORS  PROGRAM 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  Junior  standing 
and  of  proven  ability  and  initiative  to  examine  together  in  a  series  of  inter- 
disciplinary colloquia  matters  of  mutual  interest  and   concern   and   at   the   same 


50 


time  to  pursue  a  course  of  independent  directed  study  and  research  in  areas 
of  their  major  disciphnes.  A  student  interested  in  participating  in  the  Honors 
Program  should  consult  with  the  chairman  of  his  department  as  early  in  his 
academic  career  as  possible.  Specific  requirements  of  this  program  are  to  be 
found  on  page   103. 

THE  WASHINGTON  SEMESTER 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American 
University,  Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College  and  other  colleges  and  universi- 
ties in  the  United  States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior 
students  in  the  field  of  the  social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct 
contact  with  the  work  of  governmental  departments  and  other  national  and  inter- 
national agencies  that  are  located  in  Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students 
with  possible  careers  in  public  service  and  imparting  a  knowledge  of  government 
in  action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the 
participating  colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and 
Public  Administration  of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  may 
earn  fifteen  hours  toward  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Six  hours  of  credit 
are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and 
government  meet  with  students.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Research 
Course  which  entails  the  writing  of  a  paper  by  utilizing  the  resources  available 
only  at  the  nation's  capital.  The  remainder  of  a  student's  course  load  constitutes 
electives  which  are  taken  from  the  normal  offerings  of  American  University.  In 
Washington  the  program  is  coordinated  by  faculty  members  of  The  American 
University. 

Millsaps  will  ordinarily  send  two  students  in  each  fall  semester.  These  will 
be  either  juniors  or  first  semester  seniors  and  will  be  selected  by  a  faculty 
committee  in  April  of  each  year.  It  is  sometimes  possible  to  send  more  than  two 
students  in  the  fall  or  to  send  a  student  in  the  spring.  Exceptionally  well- 
qualified  sophomores  are  occasionally  accepted.  The  student  technically  remains 
an  enrollee  of  his  home  college  for  the  purpose  of  scholarships  and  loans,  which 
are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation  in  the  program. 

THE  UNITED  NATIONS  SEMESTER 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  New  Jersey, 
enables  Millsaps  political  science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  first 
hand  study  of  the  work  of  the  United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  fifteen 
hours  of  credit  toward  graduation.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Con- 
ference Seminar,  which  meets  two  days  of  each  week  in  the  United  Nations 
Plaza.  Members  of  the  Secretariat,  delegates,  and  special  agency  representatives 
often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned  program  of  studies.  Students  also  earn  three 
hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  individual  research  project  on  some  phase  of 
the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours  of  credit  are  electives  taken  from  the 
regular  course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts  college. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the 
purpose  of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation 
in  the  program. 

51 


THE  LONDON  SEMESTER 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  enables  upperclass 
pohtical  science  majors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a 
semester.  Fifteen  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primary 
emphasis  on  political  science.  The  faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from 
Drew,  includes  members  of  the  faculty  of  the  London  School  of  Economics  and 
Political  Science,  Oxford  University,  Leeds  University,  and  other  outstanding 
schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential  hotel  in  the  heart  of  London.  Provision  is 
made  for  an  optional  pre-Fall  or  post-Spring  tour  of  the  Continent  at  a  modest 
cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the 
purpose  of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation 
in  the  program. 

LEGISLATIVE  INTERN  PROGRAM 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science 
students  may  participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe 
the  state  law-making  process.  Students  serve  as  aides  to  legislators  and  legislative 
committees,  performing  a  variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking 
up  bills.  Students  also  take  part  in  a  seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the 
legislative  process. 

JUNIOR  YEAR  ARROAD  PROGRAM 

Millsaps  College,  in  conjunction  with  Southwestern  at  Memphis  and  the 
University  of  the  South  (Sewanee),  conducts  a  Junior  Year  Abroad  Program  at 
the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence,  France.  Opportunities 
for  similar  studies  are  available  in  most  countries  of  Western  Europe  as  well  as 
in  Latin  America.  Students  interested  in  receiving  college  credit  for  study  abroad 
during  their  junior  year  may  receive  information  concerning  such  a  program 
from  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department  or  the  Academic  Dean. 

ACCOUNTING— RUSINESS— ECONOMICS 
INTERN  PROGRAM 

Outstanding  students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training 
and  practical  experience  through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program 
involves  prominent  regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency 
of  the  Federal  government.  The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised 
by  competent  management  personnel  according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of 
activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's  participation  and  progress  provides  the 
basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit. 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

With  the  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean  and  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment involved,  full-time  students  in  Millsaps  College  may  enroll  for  certain 
courses   at  either  Belhaven   College   or  Tougaloo   College.    Belhaven  College  is 

52 


located  a  few  blocks  east  of  the  Millsaps  campus.    Tougaloo  College   is  eight 
miles  north,  at  the  edge  of  Jackson. 

These  cooperative  arrangements  afford  an  opportunity  for  students  to  enroll 
in  courses  either  not  offered  at  Millsaps  College  or  not  scheduled  during  the 
appropriate  semester  or  at  an  acceptable  class  hour. 


MILLSAPS-GULF  COAST  RESEARCH  LABORATORY 
COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM 

Students  at  Millsaps  College,  especially  those  in  Geology,  Biology,  and 
Chemistry,  are  permitted  to  enroll  for  one  or  more  courses  each  summer  at 
Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  as  a  part  of  their  regular  program  of  studies. 
The  Laboratory  is  situated  near  Ocean  Springs,  180  miles  to  the  south  of  Jackson. 
It  offers  some  six  courses  which  may  be  used  as  electives  or  as  core  courses  in 
the  Millsaps  curriculum.  Summer  work  at  the  Laboratory  provides  first-hand 
knowledge  of  the  life  on  land,  in  the  sea,  and  in  a  brackish  water  environment. 

Another  Millsaps-Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  cooperative  program  is 
the  Gulf  Coast  Semester  for  directed  study  each  fall  semester.    See  page  54. 


DEPARTMENTS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Humanities  Division  Robert  E.  Bergmark,  Ch. 

Ancient  Languages  _ — Magnolia   Coullet,   Ch. 

Art'  ..William  D.   Rowell,  Ch. 

English  ....George  W.   Boyd,  Ch. 

German John  L.   Guest,  Ch. 

Music  C.   Leland  Byler,  Ch. 

Philosophy Robert  E.  Bergmark,  Ch. 

Religion  Lee  H.  Reiff,  Ch. 

Romance  Languages  Billy  M.  Bufkin,  Actg.  Ch. 

Speech  and  Theatre  Lance  Goss,  Ch. 

Natural  Sciences  Division  Richard  R.  Priddy,  Ch. 

Biology Rondal  E.  Bell,  Ch. 

Chemistry  Charles  Eugene  Cain,  Ch. 

Geology  Richard  R.  Priddy,  Ch. 

Mathematics  ...Samuel  R.   Knox,  Ch. 

Physics  and  Astronomy  Charles  B.  Galloway,  Ch. 

Social  Sciences  Division John  Quincy  Adams,  Actg.  Ch. 

Economics  and  Business  Administration  Richard  B.  Baltz,  Ch 

Education  Myrtis  Meaders,  Actg.  Ch. 

History  Ross  H.   Moore,  Ch. 

Physical  Education*  James  A.  Montgomery,  Ch. 

Political  Science  John  Quincy  Adams,  Ch. 

Psychology  .....Edmond  R.   Venator,  Actg.   Ch. 

Sociology  and  Anthropology  Mickey  K.  Clampit,  Ch. 

"Majors  not  offered  in  these  departments. 

53 


EXPLANATION  OF  NUMBERS  AND  SYMBOLS 

Courses   101-198     Primarily  for  freshmen. 

Courses  201-298     Primarily   for  sophomores. 

Courses  301-398     Primarily  for  juniors  and  seniors. 

(advanced,  or  upper-division  courses) 

Courses  401-498     Special  departmental  courses. 

Courses   represented  by  odd   numbers   are   normally  taught   during   the   fall 
semester;  even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester. 

"G"     Indicates  courses  offered  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 

"S"     Ind'cates  courses  offered   in  summer  only. 

"X"     Indicates  courses  carrying  extra-curricular  credit  only. 

NON-DEPARTMENTAL  COURSES 

Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially 
chronological  portrayal  of  the  heritage  of  western  man  viewed  from  the  per- 
spectives provided  by  literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other 
disciplines.  The  course  will  be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and 
laboratory  sessions,  and  occasional  field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  Freshmen, 
but  open  to  some  Sophomores.  Limited  enrollment.  Co-requisite  for  entering 
Freshmen:  English  103-104. 

Computer  X150  Computer  Orientation  (1).    An  introduction  to  terminal  fdcilities 
and  to  BASIC  programming  language. 

Computer  300.  Computer  and  Programming  (3).  An  introduction  to  computers 
and  computer  programming;  to  include  a  brief  history  and  development  of  com- 
puters, a  survey  of  data  processing  and  communications,  and  instruction  in 
programming  concepts,  flow  charts,  and  computer  languages;  with  student  appli- 
cation to  specific  exercises  and  problems  in  computer  programming. 

Natural  Science  G480.  Gulf  Coast  Semester  Research.  Supervised  study  in 
shallow  marine  environments  for  advanced  science  majors.  Directed  by  one 
of  the  Millsaps  science  faculty  assisted  by  the  staff  of  Gulf  Coast  Research 
Laboratory,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Group  and  individual  investigations  in  zoology, 
botany,  geology,  geochemistry,  physics,  physical  oceanography,  and  chemical 
oceanography.  From  mid-September  through  January  in  order  to  sample  summer, 
fall,  and  spring  changes.  Room  and  board  at  the  laboratory,  limited  to  24 
students.  Eighteen  hours  credit.  Prerequisite:  20  to  25  hours  in  the  student's 
major  and  15  semester  hours  in  the  supporting  sciences  or  mathematics.  Senior 
standing   preferred. 

Offered  each  fall  semester  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research   Laboratory. 


54 


I    DEPARTMENT  OF  ANCIENT  LANGUAGES 

The  Alfred  Porter  Hamilton  Chair  of  Classical  Languages 

PROFESSOR  COULLET 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  STEPHENSON 

The  ideas  and  culture  of  Greece  and  Rome  live  on  today  in  their  contribu- 
tions to  the  culture  of  Western  civilization.  Intimate  contact  with  the  very  words 
which  express  the  aspirations  of  those  great  spirits  whose  influence  has  been  so 
abiding  and  formatixe  in  the  modern  world  should  help  shape  the  student's 
character  to  fine  and  worthy  purposes.  Furthermore,  this  undertaking  affords 
a  most  rigorous  exercise  in  the  scientific  method,  producing  habits  and  reflexes 
of  accuracy,  efficiency,  and  system. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the 
other  semester  is  completed. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Latin:  To  major  in  Latin,  a  student  is  required  to 
take  24  semester  hours  of  Latin  beyond  the  101-102  course.  Students  planning 
to  do  graduate  work  in  Latin  are  strongly  urged  to  take  at  least  two  years 
of     Greek. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Greek:  To  major  in  Greek,  a  student  is  required 
to  take  either  24  semester  hours  of  Greek  beyond  the  101-102  course  or  18 
semester  hours  of  Greek  beyond  the  101-102  course  and  12  semester  hours  of 
Latin. 

LATIN 

101-102.     Elementary  Latin  (3-3).     Designed  for  students  who  have  undertaken 
no  previous  study  of  the  language.    Attention  is  paid  to  the  mastery  of  forms, 
vocabulary,  syntax  and  the  technique  of  translation.    Mrs.   CouUet,   Staff. 

201-202.     Intermediate  Latin   (3-3).     A  review  of  grammar  is  made  in  the  first 
part   of  the   first   semester;   then   selections   from    Caesar   or   Cicero   are   read. 
Selections    from    Vergil's    Aeneid    are    read    during    the    second    semester.     Mrs. 
Coullet.    Prerequisite:    Latin   101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Latin. 

301-302.     Survey  of  Latin  Literature  (3-3).     Selections  from  Latin  authors  from 
the  earliest  period  to  the  fifth  century  A.D.  are  read  in  Latin.    Also  a  study 
is  made   of  the  history   of  Latin   Literature.     Mrs.    Coullet.     Prerequisite:    Latin 
201-202  or  equivalent. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  to  majors  and  other  students  in  accordance 
with  their  state  of  advancement.    Prerequisite:    Latin  201-202  or  equivalent. 

331.  Roman  Satire  (3).     Selections  from  Horace,  Juvenal,  and  Persius. 

332.  Roman  Historians  (3).     Selections  from  Livy  and  Tacitus. 

341.  Roman  Lyric  Poetry  (3).     Selections  from  Catrdlus  and  the  elegiac  poets. 

342.  Roman  Letters   (3).     Selections  from  Cicero  and  Pliny. 

351.  Roman  Comedy   (3).     Selections  from  Plautus  and  Terence. 

352.  Lucretius  (3).     Selections  from  the  De  Rerum  Natura. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (3-3).     Additional  selections  for  advanced  students. 

55 


GREEK 

101-102.     Introduction  to  Greek  (3-3).     Forms,  vocabulary,  syntax  and  empha- 
sis upon  the  contributions  made  by  the  Greeks  to  Western  civilization.    Read- 
ings in  Greek  New  Testament,  and  the  Anabasis. 

201-202.     Plato,  and  Greek  New  Testament  (3-3).     Plato's  Apology,  Crito  and 
Phaedo  are  covered.    Selections  from  the  Greek  New  Testament  are  also  read. 
Prerequisite:    Greek  101-102. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  to  majors  and  other  students  in  accordance 
with  their  state  of  advancement.    Prerequisite:    Greek  201-202  or  equivalent. 

331.  Euripides  and  Sophocles  (3).     Selections. 

332.  Aeschylus  and  Aristophanes  (3).     Selections. 

341.  Homer  (3).     Selections  from  the  Iliad. 

342.  New  Testament  Greek  (3).     Epistles  to  the  Romans  and  to  the  Hebrews. 
401-402.     Directed  Reading  (3-3).     Additional  selections  for  advanced  students. 


II  DEPARTMENT  OF  ART 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  ROWELL 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  MILLSAPS 

MR.   WOLFE 

Beginning  with  the  fall  semester  1970,  the  department  will  be  located  in  the 
new  Academic  Complex.    Program  expansion  is  being  continued. 

101-102.     Design.   (3-3).     Composition,  color,  and  the  traditional  techniques  of 
representation;    drawing,    painting,    modeling.     Rowell. 

103-104.     Drawing.    (3-3).     Laboratory    experiences    in    drawing    artificial    and 
natural  forms  employing  a  variety  of  media.     Millsaps. 

201-202.     Drawing  Techniques.   (3-3).     The  basic  elements  of  drawing.  Experi- 
mentations with  still  life,  landscape,  and  life  models.     Wolfe. 

212-213.     Printmaking.   (3-3).     Introduction  to  relief  and  intaglio  printing  with 
emphasis  on  the  woodcut.  Prerequisite:  Drawing  103-104,  Design  101-102,  or 
permission  of  instructor.     Millsaps. 

301-302.     Painting.    (3-3).     Oil   and  water  color.    The   materials   and   properties 
of  painting,  methods  of  presentation  and  composition  problems.     Rowell. 

337-339.     Art  for  Children.     See  Education  337-339. 

351-352.     Art  History.  (3-3).     An  illustrated  lecture  course  surveying  the  visual 
and  plastic  arts  from  prehistoric  to  contemporary  times.     Millsaps. 

56 


Ill    DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  BELL 

PROFESSOR  PERRY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  McKEOWN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  NEVINS 

Biology  serves  (1)  to  present  the  basic  principles  underlying  life  phenomena 
and  to  correlate  these  principles  with  human  living;  (2)  to  give  students  a 
panorama  of  the  kinds  of  animals  and  plants  which  now  inhabit  the  earth  and 
the  major  features  of  thc'r  behavior;  (3)  to  help  students  appreciate  their 
living  environments;  and  (4)  to  present  a  generalized  view  of  heredity  and 
evolution. 

Requirements  for  Major;  A  student  majoring  in  Biology  is  required  to 
take  Biology  111,  112,  121,  122,  491,  492;  one  of  323  or  333;  one  of  315  or 
345;  and  one  of  372,  381,  or  391.  A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least 
one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive  examination. 

101-102     Fundamentals   of  Biology    (3-3).     Principles    and   theories   of  the  life 

sciences  including  maintenance,  reproduction,  evolution,  diversity,  ecology,  and 

biogeography;  designed  for  non-science  majors.    Two  discussion  periods  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 

111-112.     Botany   (4-4).     First  semester,  structure  and  function  of  seed  plants; 

second  semester,  evolutionary  survey  of  plant  kingdom;  economic  significance  of 

lower  plants.   Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

121-122.     Zoology    (4-4).     Invertebrate    and   vertebrate    taxonomy,    morphology, 
physiology   and   natural   history.     Two    discussion    periods    and    two    two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week. 

S211.     Comparative  Anatomy   (4).     Structure  of  the  organs  and  organ  systems 
of  the   chordates,   emphasizing  the   dissection   of  Amphioxus,   lamprey,    shark, 
salamander  and  cat.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

S221.     Embryology  (4).     Fertilization,  morphogenesis  and  differentiation  of  organ 
systems  of  vertebrates.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods   a  week.    Prerequisite:    Biology    121-122. 

251-252.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5-5).  (Integrated  course  in 
Vertebrate  Anatomy,  Embryology  and  Histology).  Reproduction  and  organ 
system  differentiation  with  gross  and  microscopic  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate 
systems.  Three  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:   Biology  121-122. 

301.     Histology    (4).     Microscopic    anatomy    of    vertebrates    with    emphasis    on 
basic  tissues.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.     Prerequisite:    Permission   of   instructor. 

315.     Genetics    (4).     Mendelian    genetics;    the    nature,    transmission    and    mode 
of  action  of  the  genetic  material;   the   role  of  genetics  in   development  and 
evolution.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  121-122. 

57 


323.     Plant   Taxonomy    (4).     Principles    of   plant    classification;    common   plant 
families;   collection  and  identification   of   local  flora.     Two  discussion   periods 
and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112. 

333.     Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4).     Identification,  life  history,  ecology  and  evolu- 
tionary histories  of  the  vertebrates.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:   Biology   121-122. 

345.     Ecology    (4).     Interrelations    of   biotic    communities    and    their    physical 
environments;  energy  flow,  succession  and  climax  types.    Two  discussion  periods 
and   two   two-hour  laboratory  periods   a   week.     Prerequisite:    Biology    111-112; 
121-122. 

372.     Plant    Physiology    (4).     Plant    soil    and   water    relations,    metabolism    and 
growth    regulation.     Two    discussion    periods    and    two    two-hour    laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  Chemistry  232-234. 

381.  General    Bacteriology    (4).     Historical    survey,    pure    culture    methods    of 
study  and  the  general  morphology  and  identification  of  bacteria.    Two  discus- 
sion periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology 
111-112;  Chemistry  232-234. 

382.  Advanced  General  Bacteriology  (4).     Physiological  and  biochemical  prin- 
ciples   associated   with   studies    of   micro-organisms.     Two    discussion    periods 

and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods   a  week.    Prerequisite:   Biology  381. 

391.     General    Physiology     (4).     Study    of    the    constituents,    properties     and 
activities  of  protoplasm.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite  or  corequisite:   Chemistry  232-234. 

401-402.     Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

491-492.     Seminar    in    Biology    (1-1).     Selected    topics    of    biological    interest. 
Required  of  all  senior  Biology  majors.   One  discussion  period  a  week. 

GULF  COAST  RESEARCH  LABORATORY 

(Courses  offered  in  summers  only) 
G103,     Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  (6). 
G104.     Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  (6). 
G105.     Introduction  to  Marine  Botany  (4). 

IV     DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY 

PROFESSOR  CAIN 

PROFESSOR  BERRY 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  BISHOP 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  EZELL 

MR.  FITE 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  (1)  to  provide  at  least 
an  introduction  to  the  scientific  method  for  non-science  majors;  (2)  to  equip 
science  majors  with  the  proper  background  for  professional  and  graduate  study; 
and  (3)  to  provide  terminal  training  for  those  students  who  go  into  industry 
and  teaching. 

58 


Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  are  required  to  take  the  following 
courses:  121-125,  122-126,  231-233,  232-234,  491,  492.  In  addition  to  this, 
candidates  for  the  B.A.  Degree  will  take  Chemistry  251-253,  264-266,  Physics 
131-132  or  101-102  and  151-152.  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  Degree  must  have 
a  2.5  average  in  Chemistry  and  take  Chemistry  341,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366, 
Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  through  Integral  Calculus,  German  201,  202,  and 
two  approved  advanced  electives  which  may  include  Physics  beyond  131-132 
and  Mathematics  beyond  Calculus.  Chemistry  S231-S233,  S232-S234  may  be 
substituted  for  Chemistry  231-233,  232-234  by  B.A.  Degree  candidates  only. 

101-102.  Modern  Chemistry  (3-3).  Modern  theories  and  principles  of  chemistry 
and  their  application  to  life  in  today's  world.  Chemical  research  and  methods 
as  well  as  chemical  topics  important  in  day-to-day  living  are  studied.  Included 
are  such  topics  as  atomic  and  molecular  structure,  atomic  and  nuclear  energy, 
air  and  water  pollution,  polymers,  drugs  and  clinical  chemistry.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  session  a  week.  Not  acceptable  toward  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree. 

121-122.     General  Chemistry  (3-3).     Fundamental  principles  of  modem  chemis- 
try and  its  applications.  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding.   Kinetic  Theory  of 
Gases,  chemical   equilibrium,   periodicity,   liquid   and   solid   state   theory,   and   an 
introduction  to   qualitative   analysis.   Corequisite:   Chemistry   125-126. 

125-126.     General    Chemistry    Laboratory    (2-2).     Two    two    hour    sessions    per 
week.    Corequisite:    Chemistry    121-122. 

231-232.     Organic   Chemistry    (3-3).     A   comprehensive   survey   of  the   aliphatic 
and  aromatic  series   of   organic   compounds.    Mechanisms   and  theory   are   dis- 
cussed. Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.   Corequisite:   Chemistry  233-234. 

233-234.     Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2-2).     One  five-hour  session  per  week. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

S231-S232.     Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry    (3-3).     A  survey  of  the   aliphatic 
and   aromatic   series   of   organic   compounds.   Prerequisite:    Chemistry    121-122. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  S233-S234. 

S233-S234.     Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1-1).     One  three-hour 
session  per  week.   Corequisite:    Chemistry   S231-S232. 

251.     Analytical    Chemistry    I.    (2).     The   theory   and    application    of    analytical 
methods:    chemical    equilibria,    acid-base    theory,    oxidation-reduction,    and    an 
introduction    into    electrochemical    techniques.    Prerequisite:    Chemistry    121-122. 
Corequisite:   Chemistry  253. 

253.     Analytical      Chemistry      Laboratory       (2).     Gravimetric      and   volumetric 
methods   are   presented    in    the    laboratory   with   unknowns    in    acidmetry    and 
alkalimetry,  oxidation-reduction,  iodimetry  and  precipitation  methods.  Two  two- 
hour  sessions  per  week.    Corequisite:   Chemistry  251. 

264.  Biophysical  Chemistry  (3).  Designed  to  acquaint  the  pre-professional 
student  with  the  applications  of  physico-chemical  principles  to  biological  situa- 
tions. An  introduction  to  the  behavior  of  gases,  properties  of  aqueous  solutions, 
biochemical  applications  of  pH  and  buffers,  thermodynamics,  chemical  and  en- 
zyme kinetics,  and  electro-chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  266. 

59 


266.     Biophysical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1).     One  three-hour  session  per  week. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Qualitative  Analysis  (2).     Theory  and  practice  of  identification  of 
organic  compounds  and  mixtures  of  organic  compounds,   and  classification  of 

organic  compounds  according  to  functional  groups.  Prerequisite:   Chemistry  231- 
232.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  335. 

335.  Organic   Qualitative  Laboratory    (2).     Two   two-hour   sessions   per  week 
Corequisite:   Chemistry  334. 

336.  Advanced    Organic    Chemistry     (3).     Stereochemistry,    mechanisms,    and 
selected  topics.   Prerequisite:   Chemistry  231-232. 

341.     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).     A  study  of  atomic  structure,  theories 

of  chemical  bonding,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  coordination 

compounds,  inorganic  stereochemistry,  and  inorganic  reaction  mechanisms.  Three 

lecture-recitation  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Physics  301. 

354.  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (Instrumental  Methods)  (3).  The  theory  of  optical 
and  electrical  instruments  employed  in  the  modem  analytical  laboratory: 
absorption  spectrometry,  emission  spectrometry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy, 
differential  thermal  analysis,  and  gas  phase  chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chem- 
istry 363,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.    Corequisite:  Chemistry  356. 

356.     Analytical    Chemistry   II   Laboratory    (1).     Practical    application    chemical 
instrumentation.  One  three-hour  session  per  week.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

358.     Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  (4).     Chemical  equilibria  in  aqueous  and 
nonaqueous  solutions.  Physical  and  chemical  methods  of  separation:  Chromato- 
graphy, Ion  exchange,  dialysis,  flotation  and  solvent  extraction  techniques.   Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  354-356. 

363-364.     Physical   Chemistry    (3-3).     A  study   of  the   kinetic-molecular   theory, 
chemical  thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry,  surface   chemis- 
try and  an  introduction  to  quantum  chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122, 
and  Differential  &  Integral  Calculus.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  365-366. 

365-366.     Physical    Chemistry    Laboratory    (1-1).     One    three-hour    session    per 
week.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.     Geochemistry  (3).     An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  prin- 
ciples to  geological  systems:  Carbonate  equilibria,  Clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh- 
pH   diagrams,   chemical  weathering,   organic   materials   in   sediments,   and   phase 
diagrams.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor. 

394.  Biochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  Bio- 
chemistry. A  treatment  of  the  dynamic  aspects  of  the  chemistry  of  living 
organisms.  A  discussion  of  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  the  major 
constituents  of  living  cells.  Mechanisms  and  stereochemistry  of  organic  reactions 
occurring  in  biological  systems.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  396. 

396.     Biochemistry   Laboratory    (1).     One   three-hour   session   per  week.    Core- 
quisite: Chemistry  394. 

403-404.     Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     An  introduction  to  scien- 
tific research.    Open  only  to  approved  students. 

60 


405-406.     Independent  Study  (lto3  —  lto3).     Open  only  to  approved  students. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Open  only  to  approved 
students. 

491-492.     History   &   Literature   of   Chemistry    (2-2).     Designed   to   review   and 
integrate  basic  chemical  knowledge   in   conjunction  with   an  oral  and  written 
presentation   of   scientific   works.    History    of   Chemistry   and    the   proper   use   of 
chemical  literature  are  included. 


V  DEPARTMENT  OF  ECONOMICS  AND 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Dan  White  Chair  of  Economics 

PROFESSOR  BALTZ  ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  NICHOLAS 

MR.  WELLS  MRS.  HOLLOW  AY 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  (1)  to  improve  the  student's  economic 
and  business  maturity,  (2)  to  help  him  to  become  a  better  informed  citizen, 
(3)  to  provide  him  with  a  thorough  foundation  for  graduate  study,  and  (4)  to 
prepare  him  for  a  career  in  business  or  government. 

Students  majoring  in  the  department  will  be  graduated  with  either  a  Bachelor 
of  Arts  or  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  Accounting,  Business 
Administration,  or  Economics. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Economics:  An  economics  major  is  required 
to  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201,  Mathematics  311-312  (Mathematics 
115-116  are  prerequisites),  and  Mathematics  172  during  the  Freshmen  and 
Sophomore  years;  Economics  303,  304,  348  or  372  during  the  Junior  year;- 
Economics  341,  361,  401,  348  or  372,  and  404  during  the  Senior  year.  (A 
major  in  Mathematics  is  recommended  as  a  complement.) 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Business  Administration:  A  business  administra- 
tion major  is  required  to  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201,  Mathematics 
172  during  the  Freshmen  and  Sophomore  years;  Economics  303,  304,  Business 
232,  251,  354,  362  and  Accounting  391  during  the  Junior  year;  Economics  341, 
Business  351;  and  one  of  the  following:  Accounting  395,  Business  378,  Economics 
361,  Economics  372  during  the  Senior  year.  (Business  Administration  majors  who 
expect  to  attend  graduate  school  should  complete  Mathematics  311.  Enrollment 
in  Mathematics  115-116,  the  prerequisites  for  Mathematics  311,  instead  of  Mathe- 
matics 103-104,  is  therefore  encouraged  during  the  Freshmen  year.  The  additional 
hours  of  mathematics  may  be  substituted  for  Accounting  391  and  the  395-361-372- 
378  option.) 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Accounting:  An  accounting  major  is  required 
to  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201,  and  Mathematics  172  during  the 
Freshmen  and  Sophomore  years;  Economics  303,  304,  Business  251,  362,  and  Ac- 
counting 381,  382.  391  during  the  Junior  year;  Accounting  392,  395,  and  398 
during  the  Senior  year.  (Business  252  is  recommended  in  preparation  for  the 
CPA  examination.) 

Other  Requirements  and  Programs:  Students  are  required  to  take  three 
hours   of  the   Behavorial    Science   requirement   outside    of   the   Department.     All 

61 


students  are  encouraged  to  take  the  Computer  Course  and  to  satisfy  the 
Philosophy  requirement  with  Philosophy  201  and  311.  Directed  study  (Economics 
is  available  to  students  who  desire  to  engage  in  independent  study,  reading  or 
research.  An  Internship  Program  (Economics  451-452)  is  available  in  which 
outstanding  students  may  participate  for  academic  credit  while  obtaining  training 
with  selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  have  six  hours  of 
sophomore  economics  (201-202)  to  satisfy  the  content  of  the  3-hour  Economics 
201  requirement.  Transfers  will  also  normally  be  required  to  satisfy  the  statistics 
requirement  (Math  172)  at  Millsaps.  The  first  six  hours  of  accounting  principles 
will  normally  satisfy  the  department's  281-282  requirement. 

ECONOMICS 

201-202.  Economic  Principles  and  Problems  (3-3).  A  course  designed  during  the 
first  semester  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  entire  field  of  economic 
theory  which  includes  price  theory  and  market  behavior,  national  income 
analysis,  stabilization  policy,  and  international  relations.  The  second  semester  con- 
centrates on  the  application  of  economic  principles  to  current  problems.  Pre- 
requisite or  Corequisite:  Economics  201  for  202. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory  (3).     A  study  of  value  and  distribu- 
tion   theory,    market    equilibrium,    resource    allocation,    and    public    policy. 

Prerequisite:  Economics  201. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).     A  study  of  national  income  de- 
termination,  commodity   and  money   market   equilibrium,   public   policy,    and 

economic  forecasting.   Prerequisite:  Economics  201,  Mathematics  172. 

341.     Industrial  Organization   (3).     A  seminar-type  course  devoted  to   a  study 

and  discussion  of  the  economic  structure,  conduct,  and  performance  of  American 

industry:  concentration  of  market  power;  forms  of  market  control;  price  policies, 

public  policy  and  social  control  of  business.    Prerequisite:   Economics  303,  304. 

348.     Advanced  Economic  Problems  (3).     A  seminar-type  course  devoted  to  in- 
ternational   trade    and    finance,    welfare    economics    and    planning,    economic 
development  and  current  problems.    Prerequisite:  Economics  303,  304. 

361.     Money,  Banking,  and  Public  Finance  (3),     A  study  of  the  nature  of  money 
and  credit,  money  and  capital  markets,  monetary  institutions,  public  expendi- 
tures, taxation,  and  public  policy.    Prerequisite:  Economics  303,  304. 

372.     Quantitative  Methods  (3).     An  application  of  statistics  and  mathematics  to 
economic  analysis  and  business  decision  processes.   Prerequisite:  Economics  303, 
304;  Mathematics  172. 

401-402.     Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Prerequisite:  Consent  of  depart- 
ment chairman. 

403-404.     Undergraduate  Research   (1  to  3  —  1   to  3).     Prerequisite:    Consent 
of  department  chairman. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Prerequisite:  Consent  of  de- 
partment   chairman. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  in  Economics  (3-3). 
62 


451-452.     Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).     Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business   and   government   institutions.     Prerequisite:     Consent   of   de- 
partment chairman. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

232.     Principles  of  Management  (3).     A  study  of  the  management  functions  gen- 
erally appropriate  to  any  type  of  organization,  with  emphasis  on  the  decision- 
making processes   and   on   the    principles   and   practices   of   achieving   objectives 
through   other  people. 

251-252.     Legal  Environment  of  Business  <'3-3).     An  introduction  to  judicial  pro- 
cedure  and   law,    regulation    of   business    and   labor,    and   current    issues.    The 
second  semester  is  devoted  to  an  analysis  of  commercial  law.    Prerequisite:  Eco- 
nomics 251  is  prerequisite  for  252. 

351.     Marketing  (3).     A  basic  study  of  the  marketing  function;  pricing  practices, 
product  policies,  promotion,  planning,  and  decision  making.    Prerequisite:  Eco- 
nomics 303. 

354.     Manufacturing  and  Manpower  Management  (3).     A  basic  study  of  the  pro- 
duction   and    personnel    functions;    manufacturing    and    production    operations, 
personnel  administration,  and  labor  relations.    Prerequisite:  Economics  303. 

362.     Business  Finance  (3).     A  basic  study  of  the  finance  function;  analysis  and 
management,    sources    and    uses    of   funds,    capital    planning,    controlling,    and 
financial  policies.   Prerequisite:  Economics  303,  Accounting  281-282. 

378.     Advanced  Business  Problems   (3).     A  course  devoted  to  business  policies, 
planning,    system    analysis,    and    current    problems    in    business    administration. 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing,  major  in  the  department. 

ACCOUNTING 

281-282.     Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).     An  introduction  to  accounting  prin- 
ciples with  the  first  semester  devoted  to  basic  concepts  and  procedures;  the 
second  semester  emphasizing  financial  and  administrative  applications. 

381-382.     Intermediate    Accounting    Theory    (3-3).     An    analysis    of    accounting 

principles    applicable    to    the    content,    valuation,    and    presentation    of    the 

principal  ledger  items;  the  analysis  of  financial  statements;  working  capital  and 

operations;   reorganization;    selected   topics.     Prerequisite:    Accounting   281,    282. 

391.  Cost  Accounting  (3).     A  thorough  consideration  of  the  basic  principles  of 
cost  accounting  including  procedures  for  accumulating  data  for  product  costing 

with  major  emphasis  on  costs  for  managerial  planning  and  control.    Prerequisite: 
Accounting  281-282. 

392.  Auditing  (3).     A  standard  treatment  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  auditing, 
with    attention    directed    to    preparation,    organization,    and    interpretation    of 

audit  reports.    Prerequisite:   Accounting  381,  382. 

395.     Tax  Accounting  (3).     A  study  of  accounting  problems  and  procedures  in 
connection  with  Federal  and  state  tax  laws;  and  to  include  the  preparation  of 
various  required  reports.    Prerequisite:  Accounting  281,  282. 

398,     Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).     A  study  of  practical  problems  in  ac- 
counting and  recent  developments  in  accounting  procedure  primarily  designed 
to  prepare  the  student  for  the  CPA  examination.   Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

63 


VI  DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

PROFESSOR  MOORE 

VISITING  PROFESSOR  LUECK 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  MEADERS 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  RICHARDSON 

MRS.  BYLER 

Courses  in  Education,  with  the  exception  of  205  and  207  are  not  open  to 
freshmen.  Professional  training  is  offered  in  both  the  secondary  and  elementary 
fields  and  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Division  of  Certification, 
State  Department  of  Education,  for  the  Class  A  Certificates  in  both  fields. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Elementary  Education;  Students  majoring  in 
Elementary  Education  are  required  to  complete  the  courses  necessary  to  obtain 
the  Mississippi  Class  A  Elementary  Certificate. 

205.     Child  Psychology    (3).     A  study  of  the  growth   and  development   of  the 
individual  from   infancy   through    childhood.     Same   as    Psychology   205.     Pre- 
requisite: Psychology  202. 

207.     Adolescent  Psychology    (3).     A  study  of  all  aspects   of  psychological  de- 
velopment during  the  adolescent  years.    Same  as  Psychology  207.   (A  student 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  205  and  207.)    Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

213-214.     Reading.   Kindergarten  through  Grade  3  (3-3).   Methods  and  materials 
for  teaching  reading  in  the  primary  grades.    Prerequisite:   Education  205. 

215-216.     Reading.     Grades  4  through  8  (3-3).     Methods  and  materials  for  teach- 
ing reading  in  the  4th  through  8th  grades.    Prerequisite:  Education  207. 

305.     Language  Arts.     Kindergarten  through  3rd  grade  (3).     The  communication 
skills;    speaking,   writing,    and   listening   with    special    emphasis    on   linguistics. 
Prerequisite:  Education  205. 

307.     Language    Arts.     Grades    4    through    8    (3).     The    communication    skills; 
speaking,  writing  and  listening  with  special  emphasis  on  linguistics.   Prerequisite: 
Education  207.  ^ 

311.     Literature.     Kindergarten  through  3rd  grade   (3).     Materials  and  methods 
of   teaching    Hterature    in   the    primary    grades.     Prerequisite:    Education    205. 

313.     Literature.     4th     grade     through     Junior     High     School     (3).     Materials 
and  methods  of  teaching  literature  in  intermediate  grades  and  junior  high  school. 
Prerequisite:  Education  207. 

323.     Music.     Kindergarten  through  3rd  Grade   (3).     The  teaching  of  music  at 
the  primary  level,  for  classroom  teachers.    The  basic  elements  of  theory   are 
included.   Prerequisite:  Education  205. 

325.     Music.     Grades   4   through    8    (3).     The   teaching    of   music   in    grades   4 
through  8,  for  classroom  teachers.    The  basic  elements  of  theory  are  included. 
Prerequisite:    Education  207. 

337.     Art.     Kindergarten    through    3rd    grade     (3).     Subject    matter,    methods, 
and  materials  of  teaching  art  in  the  primary  grades  with  emphasis  on  correla- 
tion with  other  learning  areas.    Prerequisite:  Education  205. 

64 


339.     Art.     Grades  4  through  8  (3).     Subject  matter,  methods  and  materials  of 
teaching  art  in  grades  four  through  eight  with  emphasis  on  correlation  with 
other  learning  areas.   Prerequisite:  Education  207. 

341.     Measurement   and   Evaluation    (3).     Principles   and   techniques   of   educa- 
tional measurement  and  evaluation.    This  includes   test  terminology,   types   of 
instruments,  selection  procedures  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation   and 
interpretation  of  test  data.    Prerequisite:  Education  205  or  207. 

345.  Early   Childhood   Education    (3).     Principles   and   techniques    of   teaching 
the  primary  grades  including  philosophy  and  foundations  of  education,  organiza- 
tional  patterns   which   include   the   self-contained   classroom,   team   teaching   and 
non-gradedness.    Prerequisite:  Education  205. 

346.  Methods.     Kindergarten  through  3rd  grade   (3).     Methods  of  teaching  in 
the  primary  school  including  audio-visual  aids  and  units  of  work.    Special  at- 
tention will  be  given  to  the  teaching  of  mathematics,  science  and  social  studies. 
Prerequisite:    Education  205   and   345. 

347-348.  Methods.  Grades  4  through  8  (3-3).  Principles  and  techniques  of 
teaching  grades  4  through  8  including  philosophy  and  foundations  of  education, 
audio-visual  aids,  units  of  work  and  organizational  patterns.  Also,  methods  of 
teaching  mathematics,  science,  and  social  studies  will  be  included.  Prerequisite: 
Education  207. 

352.     Educational  Psychology    (3).     Applications  of  psychology  to  problems  of 
learning  and  teacning.    Same  as  Psychology  352.    Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

362.     General  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3).     This  course  is  de- 
signed to  introduce  the  student  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  learning  and 
teaching.    Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and  Education  207  and  352. 

372.     Principles  of  Secondary  Education  (3).     This  course  is  designed  to  orient 
those  students  who  are  planning  to  teach  in  the  high  school  to  certain  principles 
and   problems    of   our   modern    high    schools,    including    guidance.     Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202,  and  Education  207  and  352. 

405-406.     Independent    Study    (1    to    3   —    1    to    3).     Open   only   to    advanced 
students  qualified  to  do  independent  study  and  research  under  the  guidance 
and  supervision  of  the  instructor.    Prerequisite:   Twelve  hours  in  Education  and 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

430.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching.  Kindergarten  through  3rd 
grade  (6).  The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary 
school  throughout  the  semester.  This  experience  is  supported  by  Seminars  and 
Conferences  between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisite  C  Average  and 
Education  213-214  and  345-346. 

431-432.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching.  Kindergarten  through 
3rd  grade  (3-3).  The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary 
school  throughout  the  academic  year.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars 
and  conferences  between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisite:  C 
Average  and  Education  345-346. 

440.     Directed   Observation   and    Student   Teaching.     Grades   4   through    8    (6). 

The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  or  junior  high 
school  throughout  the  semester.    This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and 

65 


'   •  >'l 


conferences  between  students  and  college  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences 
between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisite:  C  Average  and  Education 
215-216  and  347-348. 

441-442.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching.  Grades  4  through  8 
(3-3).  The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  or  junior 
high  school  throughout  the  academic  year.  This  experience  is  supported  by 
seminars  and  conferences  between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisite: 
C  Average  and  Education  215-216  and  347-348. 

452.     Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (6).     The 

student  observes  and  teaches  throughout  a  semester  in  an  accredited  secondary 
school.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between 
students  and  college  supervisors.    Prerequisite:  C  Average  and  Education  362. 

453-454.     Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3-3). 

The  student  observes  and  teaches  throughout  the  academic  year  in  an  ac- 
credited secondary  school.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  con- 
ferences between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisite:  C  Average  and 
Education  362. 


VII    DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Chair  of  English   Literature 

PROFESSOR  BOYD 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  CALLEN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  HARDIN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  MOREHEAD 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  PADGETT 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  BLACKWELL 

MRS.  DEAN  MR.  HISE 

MRS.  PENNY  MRS.  COLLINS 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  English  are  (1)  to  give  all  students 
proficiency  in  the  writing  of  clear  and  correct  English,  and  to  make  them 
familiar  with  the  master  works  which  are  the  literary  heritage  of  the  English 
people;  (2)  to  give  to  all  who  wish  to  pursue  electives  in  the  department  an 
understanding  and  appreciation  of  selected  authors  and  periods  of  literature; 
and  (3)  to  provide  for  those  who  wish  to  teach  or  enter  graduate  school, 
preparation  and  background  for  specialized  study. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  is  required  to  take  English 
101-102  or  103-104,  201-202,  English  481  in  the  first  semester  of  the  senior 
year,  and  eighteen  hours  of  other  courses  in  the  department.  Students  planning 
to  pursue  graduate  study  in  English  are  advised  that  a  reading  knowledge  of 
French,  German,  and  sometimes  Latin  is  generally  required.  A  minimum  of 
one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly  recommended  for  all  majors. 

101-102.     Composition.    (3-3).     A  year's  study  of  fundamentals  of  rhetoric  and 
composition.    The    first    semester    has    weekly    themes    and    introductions    to 
essays,  short  stories,   and   the   novel;   the   second  semester   teaches   the   research 
paper  and  introductions  to  poetry  and  drama. 


103-104.     Composition.   (2-2).     A  specially  designed  English  composition  course 
correlated   with    Heritage    101-102,    the   Cultural    Heritage   of   the    West,    and 
intended  to  develop  and  augment  the  student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and 
speaking.  Corequisite:  Heritage  101-102. 

201-202.     English   Literature.    (3-3).     A   survey  of   English   literature   from   the 
beginnings  to  the  present.  Section  1  of  each  course  is  especially  designed  for 
prospective  English  majors  and  Heritage  program  graduates.   Prerequisite:   Eng- 
lish 101-102  or  103-104. 

301.  American  Literature   (3).     A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  early 
seventeenth    century   through    the    nineteenth    century.    Historical    background 

is  presented  as  an  aid  to  the  understanding  of  American  intellectual  development. 
Emphasis  on  major  movements  and  authors.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or 
103-104. 

302.  American  Literature    (3).     A  survey  of  American  literature  in  the  twen- 
tieth   century,   with    emphasis   on    developments    and   trends    in    the   fields    of 

poetry,  prose  fiction,  and  serious  prose.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or  103-104. 

313.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3).  A  chronological  study  of  European 
literature  (in  translation)  from  Homer  to  Dante.  Selected  major  works  (gen- 
erally read  in  their  entirety)  are  studied  to  reveal  the  cultural  milieu  which 
produced  them  and  to  determine  their  major  contributions  stylistically  and 
thematically  to  the  Western  literary  tradition.  Relations  with  non-Western 
cultures  will  be  explored.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201. 

314.  Literature   of  the   Western   World    (3).     A   continuation   of   the   study   of 
Western  literary  traditions  from  Boccaccio  and  Petrarch  to  the  present.   Pre- 
requisite or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

319.     Renaissance  Non-Dramatic  Prose   and  Poetry    (3).     A  survey  of  non-dra- 
matic  English   literature   from   More's   Utopia   until   the    end   of  the   sixteenth 
century,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  lyric  and  on   the 
early  books  of  The  Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

321.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3).     A  study  of  the 
works   of  the   representative  writers  of  the   seventeenth   century,   exclusive   of 

John  Milton.  Prerequisite:   English  201-202. 

322.  English   Prose    and   Poetry   of  the    Eighteenth    Century    (3).     A   study   of 
English  literature  of  the  eighteenth  century,  selected  from  the  works  of  the 

major  writers.   Prerequisite:    English   201-202. 

325.  English  Romantic  Poets  (3).     A  study  of  the  poetry  and  the  prose  of  the 
Romantic  poets.  Library  readings  and  a  term  paper  are  required.  Prerequisite 

or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

326.  Termyson,  Browning,  and  Arnold  (3).     A  study  of  the  poetry  and  prose  of 
the  major  Victorian  poets.   Library  readings  and  papers   are   required.    Prere- 
quisite or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

331.  History  of  the   English   Novel    (3).     Novels   from   Fielding   to   Hardy   are 
cast  in  their  historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements, 

and  critical  techniques.    Prerequisite:   English  201-202. 

332.  Modern  Fiction  (3).     A  study  of  twentieth-century  British,  American,  and 
Continental    fiction,    emphasizing    major   trends    and    major    authors,    with    an 

intensive  reading  of  selected  novels.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

67 


337.     Modern  Drama  (3).     A  study  of  British,  American  and  Continental  drama 
since   1890.   Approximately  fifty   plays   are   assigned   for  reading.   Prerequisite: 
English  201-202. 

341.     Modern    American   and    English    Poetry    (3).     A    survey    of    English    and 
American  poetry  since   1900.  Prerequisite:   English  201-202. 

350.     Major  American  Writers  (3).     A  critical  study  of  major  American  authors, 
representing  nineteenth   and   twentieth   century   developments    in   romanticism, 
realism,  and  naturalism.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

361.     Chaucer    (3).     A    brief    introduction    to    Middle    English    language    and 
literature,  including  some  attention  to  Chaucer's  minor  works,   and  a  reading 
of  the  Troilus  and  all  the  Canterbury  Tales.  Reading  and  reports  from  Chaucer 
scholarship  and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

365.  Shakespeare    (3).     A  study  of  representative  early  plays   of   Shakespeare, 
with  especial  emphasis  upon  Richard  II,  the  Henry  plays,  and  Hamlet.  Lectures 

on  the  backgrounds  and  customs  of  the  Elizabethan  theatre.  Attention  to  Shake- 
spearian themes,  structures,  and  language.  Parallel  reading  will  include  critical 
scholarship  and  plays  by  pre-Shakespearian  and  contemporary  dramatists.  A 
critical  paper  is  required.    Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

366.  Shakespeare    (3).     A   study  of  representative   later  plays   of   Shakespeare, 
with  especial  emphasis  upon  Othello,  King  Lear,  Macbeth,  and  The  Tempest. 

Particular  attention  to  the  question  of  the  nature  of  tragedy.  Parallel  reading  will 
include  critical  scholarship  and  plays  by  Jacobean  and  Caroline  dramatists.  A 
critical  paper  is  required.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

367.  Milton  (3).     An  exploration  of  Milton's  thought  and  art,  including  a  read- 
ing of  the  important  minor  poems,   selected  prose,   and  all  of  Paradise   Lost, 

Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and  reports  from  Milton 
scholarship  and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:   English  201-202. 

393.     Creative  Writing  (3).     A  course  in  the  reading  and  writing  of  poetry  and 
short  fiction.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or  103-104  and  the  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

396.  Literary  Criticism  (3).     A  study  of  major  literary  theories  from  Plato  to  the 
twentieth    century,    with    emphasis    upon    modern    analytical    techniques    and 

practical  application  to  appropriate  literary  texts.    Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

397.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition  (3).     An  intensive  study  of 
English  grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal, 

traditional  usage,  and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on 
thesis  and  logical  outline.  Especially  recommended  to  prospective  high  school 
English  teachers.    Prerequisite:   English   101-102  or   103-104. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     A  course  designed  for  advanced 
students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guid- 
ance  of  the   instructor.     Prerequisite:    Consent   of   the    chairman    of   the   English 
Department. 

491.  Senior  Seminar  (3).  Required  of  all  English  majors  in  the  first  semester  of 
the  Senior  year,  with  the  exception  of  those  majors  engaged  in  the  Honors 
Program,  this  is  an  advanced  course  in  research  and  writing.  The  course  encom- 
passes research  techniques  and  procedures,  a  considerable  bibliography,  seminar 
reports,  and  the  Senior  English  Essay,  a  research  and  critical  paper  in  the  field 
of  the  student's  special  interest. 

68 


VIII     THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  PRIDDY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  JOHNSON 

DR.  MOORE 

Geology  at  Millsaps  is  designed  to  offer  the  usual  basic  courses.  They  are 
supplemented  by  extensive  work  in  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  —  modern  sedimenta- 
tion in  Gulf  Coastal  waters,  stratigraphy  of  Mississippi  and  adjacent  states,  and 
Mississippi's  petroleum  industry.  Offerings  are  designed  to  give  students  a  foun- 
dation for  graduate  study  leading  to  professional  work  in  industry  or  in  teaching. 

Any  student  may  enter  physical  geology.  Other  geology  courses  require  spe- 
cific prerequisites.  Most  courses  require  laboratory  work,  some  of  which  is  field 
work. 

Requirements  for  Major;  To  major  in  Geology,  a  student  must  take  Geology 
101-102,  200,  201,  211,  212,  221,  250,  and  six  semester  hours  of  Field  Geology, 
either  361G  and  362G  combined  or  371.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  115-116 
and  one  advanced  course  in  Mathematics.  Biology  121  is  required.  Three 
semesters  of  Chemistry  are  required,  121-125,  122-126  and  251-253.  Physics 
101-102  or  131-132  is  required.  Other  courses  which  are  desirable  are  Chemistry 
264-266  and  372  and  Mathematics  172,  211,  and  300  including  the  trigonometric 
functions  of  a  right  triangle. 

SI 00.  Survey  of  the  Earth  Sciences  (6).  Basic  principles  of  earth  sciences; 
geology,  geochemistry,  geophysics,  oceanography,  and  space  science.  Lecture, 
laboratory,  and  field  trips.  Fifteen  lecture-laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  or  senior  standing  in  high  school  and  recommendation  by  high  school 
principal. 

Offered  first  six  tveeks  of  summer  school. 

101.  Physical  Geology   (3).     The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface, 
erosional    and    depositional    processes,    volcanism,    deformation,    and    economic 

deposits.    One  or  two  field  trips.    Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory. 

Three  hours  credit. 

Offered  each  fall  semester,  spring  semester,  and  first  term  summer  school. 

102.  Historical  Geology  (3).     The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  con- 
figuration of  the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution 

of  surface  rocks  and  minerals.  Several  trips  to  fossiliferous  areas  easily  accessible 
to  Jackson.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology 
101,  or  to  be  taken  concurrently  with  Geology  101. 

Offered  each  fall  semester,  spring  semester,  and  second  term  summer  school. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems 
illustrated  by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric  models, 
x-ray  structure,  stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  An 
excellent  course  for  physics,  chemistry,  and  mathematics  majors.  Two  lecture  hours 
and  two  hours  laboratory.    Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Trigonometry. 

Offered  fall  semester  1970-71. 

69 


201.  Mineralogy   (3).     Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,   genesis, 
and  atomic  structures  of  minerals.    Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  differential 

thermal  analysis,  density  balances,  blowpipe  methods,  and  x-ray  equipment.  A 
valuable  elective  for  chemistry  majors.  Tvi'o  lecture  hours  and  two  hours 
laboratory.    Prerequisites:    Geology   200   and   Chemistry    121-125,    122-126. 

Offered  spring  1971. 

202.  Economic  Geology   (3).     The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals   of  the 
United   States   and   other  countries,   with   consideration   of   their   stratigraphy, 

genesis,  value  and  use.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  101-102,  200,  and  201.  Chemistry  264-265  will  be  helpful. 

211.  Physiography    (Geomorphology)    (3).    A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land 
forms  than  provided  in  Geology  101.    The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections 

of  the  United  States  are  studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
Coastal  Plain.  An  interesting  elective  for  political  science  and  sociology  majors. 
Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.    Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1970-71. 

212.  Structural  Geology   (3).     Structural  features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the 
earth's  crust,  their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.    Two  lecture 

hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  A  profitable  course  for  pre-law  students  and 
mathematics  majors.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Next  offered  spring  semester,  1971. 

221,     Invertebrate    Paleontology    (3).     Classification    and    morphology    of    fossil 

invertebrates  with   reference  to   evolutionary   history   and   environment.     Field 

trips  to  collect  the  diagnostic  fossils  of  Mississippi.    An  interesting  elective  for 

biology  and  anthropology  majors.   Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  of  laboratory. 

Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102  for  geology  majors.  Biology  101-102  or  Biology 
121-122    for    biology    majors. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1971-72. 

250.     Principles  of  Stratigraphy   (3).     Rock  sequences  treated  in  greater  detail 
than    in    Historical    Geology.     Lithologic    and    paleontologic    facies    of    various 
parts  of  the  United  States.    Several  overnight  field  trips.    Two  lecture  hours  and 
two   hours   laboratory.    Prerequisite:    Geology    101-102 

Next  offered  spring  semester  1972. 

301.  Geology  of  Mississippi  (3).     The  stratigraphy,  structure,  and  physiography 
of  the  southeastern  United  States  and  especially  of  Mississippi.    One  two-day 

field  trip  and  several  short  ones  provide  field  information.  A  profitable  course 
for  pre-law  students.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
Geology    101-102,   211,    and   212    or   consent   of   instructor. 

302.  Petroleum  Geology  (3).  Structure  and  stratigraphy  of  petroleum  reser- 
voirs as  shown  by  surface  and  subsurface  mapping,  geophysics,  and  log  corre- 
lation. A  Mississippi  field  will  be  followed  through  its  various  stages  of  exploration 
and  development.  An  interesting  elective  for  pre-law  students.  Prerequisites: 
Geology  101-102,  211-212  and  Chemistry  121-125,  122-126  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

70 


311.  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (3).     A  petro logic  study  of  the  mega- 
scopic and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and 

their  use  in  rock  classification.  Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand 
specimens  and  thin  sections.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201  or  advanced 
standing  for  Chemistry  and  Physics  majors,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Next  offered  spring  semester  1972. 

312.  Optical  Mineralogy  (3).     An  introduction  to  the  petrographic  microscope, 
especially  to  the  reflective,   refractive,   and  polarizing  properties   of   light   for 

the  identification  of  mineral  fragments  and  minerals  in  thin  section.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  200  and  201. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1971-72. 

321.  Sedimentary  Petrology  (3).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary 
rocks  as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectro- 
chemical  and  differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and 
classification.  A  stream  table  is  used  to  demonstrate  primary  alluvial  features 
and  shoreline  features.  Several  trips  in  the  Jackson-Vicksburg  area.  Prerequisite: 
Geology    312   or   consent   of   the    instructor. 

G361.  Physical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Physical  processes  at  work  on  the  shores 
and  shallows  of  Mississippi  Sound.  Beaches  and  spits  will  be  surveyed 
periodically  to  determine  changes  in  shape,  height,  cross-section,  lateral  shift,  and 
particle  distribution  and  to  observe  growth  and  destruction  of  bars,  cusps,  spits, 
and   tidepools.     Prerequisite:    Geology    101,    102,   201,    or   consent    of   instructor. 

Offered  second  term   of  summer  school,  usually  the   last  three  weeks  in  July. 

G362.  Chemical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Supervised  research  on  the  chemistry  of 
the  waters  of  Mississippi  Sound  and  the  geochemistry  of  the  bottoms.  Studies 
will  be  made  of  the  lateral,  vertical,  and  tidal  changes  in  water  composition. 
Analyses  of  core  samples  taken  from  different  environments:  bayous,  mudflats, 
bars,  oyster  reefs,  bays,  tidal  channels,  and  sandy  shelves.  Prerequisites:  Geology 
101,   102,  201,  quantitative  analysis  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Offered   at    Gulf   Coast    Research    Laboratory,    second    term    of   summer   school, 
usually  the  first  three  weeks  of  August. 

S371.     Field  Geology  (6  to  8).     A  field  course  in  one  of  the  numerous  summer 
camps  offering  practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field  work. 

Three  to  eight  hours  credit  depending  on  the  duration  of  the  camp.  Prerequisite: 
To  be  determined  by  the  college  or  colleges  operating  the  course,  the  probable 
equivalent  of  Geology  101-102,  211-212,  and  Geology  200,  201  and  221. 

Offered  each  summer  at  the  time  designated  by  the  camp  operators. 

401-402.     Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Open  to  advanced  students  who 
have  individual  problems  in  the  field  or  in  laboratory.    Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor. 

Offered  each  semester  and  summer  session. 

G480.     Gulf  Coast  Semester  Research   (18).     See  page  54. 

71 


GEOGRAPHY 

S105.  Physical  Geography  (3).  The  human  habitat,  designed  for  general  edu- 
cation, providing  basic  knowledge  of  the  important  subdivisions  based  on  land- 
forms,  climate,  soils,  natural  vegetation  and  bodies  of  water.  Map  work  and  other 
visual  aids  will  be  used.  This  course  is  a  valuable  elective  for  elementary  educa- 
tion, history,  political  science,  and  sociology-psychology  majors. 

S205.  Economic  Geography  (3).  Regional  geography  of  the  world  with  em- 
phasis on  social  and  economic  problems.  Special  study  is  devoted  to  changing 
trends  in  the  distribution  of  population,  natural  resources,  and  production 
facilities.  This  is  a  desirable  elective  for  majors  in  economics,  history,  political 
science,  and  education.    Three  hours  lecture  each  week. 


IX    DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMAN 

ASSOCIATE   PROFESSOR  GUEST 

PROFESSOR  COULLET 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  VAN  HOUTEN 

The  German  department  courses  have  been  set  up  to  give  those  students 
taking  their  language  requirement  in  this  department  a  firm  basis  in  grammar 
and  an  introduction  to  the  literature  of  this  language.  For  majors  in  the  depart- 
ment, courses  have  been  designed  to  give  the  student  a  broad  and  basic  concep- 
tion of  the  great  literature  and  history  of  Germany.  Students  are  required  to 
attend  scheduled  exercises  in   the  language  laboratory. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the 
other  semester  is  completed.  Students  who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of 
a  modern  foreign  language  in  high  school  may  not  receive  credit  for  the  101-102 
course  in  the  same  language.  Those  who  have  such  credit  will  be  given  a 
standard  placement  test  as  part  of  the  orientation  program  and  on  the  basis  of 
this  test  will  be  advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language 
at  the  college  level  or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course  on  a  non- 
credit  basis. 

Requirements  for  Major:  To  major  in  German,  a  student  must  take  German 
341-342  and  any  other  twenty-four  semester  hours  in  the  department. 

101-102.     Beginning  German   (3-3).     This  course  is  designed  to  give  beginners 
the  fundamentals  of  grammar  and  a  basic  reading  knowledge  of  the  language. 

201-202.     Intermediate  German  (3-3).     Review  of  grammar.    The  student  is  in- 
troduced to  some  important  writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German 
101-102  or  the  equivalent. 

251-252.     Conversation  and  Composition   (3-3).     Exercises  and  practice  in  writ- 
ing and   speaking  the   German   language.    Prerequisite:    Permission   of   the   in- 
structor. 

341-342.     Survey-History  of  German  Literature  (3-3).     Survey  of  German  litera- 
ture up  to  Goethe,  discussing  authors,  works,  with  oral  and  written  reports  by 
students.   Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,   music,  and  history  of 
the  period.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Offered  in  1970-71. 

72 


351-352.     Goethe,   Schiller    (3-3).     The  major  poems   and   dramas   and   selected 
prose  works  of  Goethe,  together  with  the  major  dramas  of  Schiller,  will  be 
read  and  analyzed.   Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,   and 
history  of  the  period. 

Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

361-362.     Nineteenth    Century    German    Literature    (3-3).     Readings    from    the 
major  figures  of  Romanticism  and  Realism,  including  Kleist,  Hoelderlin,  Grill- 
parzer,  Hebbel,  Heine,  Meyer,  Storm,  Keller,  and  Fontane.    Laboratory  sessions 
will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the  period. 

Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

371-372.     Modern  German  Literature   (3-3).     Readings  in  the  major  writers  of 
the  period,  including  Hauptmann,  George,  Rilke,  Hofmannsthal,  Mann,  Hesse, 
Kafka,  and  Brecht.   Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and 
history  of  the  period. 

Offered  in  1970-71. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  A  course  designed  for  advanced 
students  for  credit  toward  a  regular  course  in  the  established  curriculum  that 
cannot  be  pursued  due  to  scheduling  conflicts.  A  special  program  of  reading 
and  research  is  supervised  by  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  de- 
partment chairman. 

491.     Seminar  (1).     Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 


X    DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY 

PROFESSOR   MOORE 

PROFESSOR  LANEY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  SALLIS 

MR.    GOODBREAD 

MRS.   LUCAS 

History  courses  have  been  so  planned  that  the  student  may  follow  the 
causal  relationship  in  human  development.  Upon  a  thorough  factual  foundation, 
emphasis  is  placed  on  the  progressive  organization  of  social,  intellectual,  and 
moral  ideas  of  peoples  and  nations.  In  the  approach  to  an  understanding,  of 
historical  phenomena,  literature,  religion,  racial  factors,  economic  conditions, 
and  social  institutions,  as  well  as  forms   of  government,  will  be   considered. 

Requirements  for  Major:  To  be  accepted  as  a  History  major,  a  student  must 
have  a  2.50  average  in  History  and  maintain  this  grade  for  his  full  course. 
History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102,  History  201-202,  and  History  411  must 
be  included  in  the  24  semester  hours  of  History  required  for  a  major  in  History. 
A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the 
comprehensive  examination. 

73 


101.  Western  Civilization  to  1815   (3).     A  general  survey  of  Western  political, 
economic,   and  social   institutions   to   the   nineteenth   century.    Dr.    Moore,   Dr. 

Sallis,  Mrs.  Lucas,  Mr.  Goodbread. 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  1815  (3).     A  study  of  European  expansion  and 
world  influence  from  the  time   of  Napoleon  to   the  present.   Dr.   Moore,   Dr. 

Sallis,  Mrs.  Lucas,  Mr.  Goodbread. 

201.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865   (3).     A  general  course  in  American 
history,   covering   the   European   background   of   colonial   life,   the    Revolution, 

the  Constitution,  and  the  development  of  the  nation  through  the  Civil  War. 
Dr.    Moore. 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from   1865   (3).     The  history  of  the  United 
States  from  1865  to  the  present.  Dr.  Moore. 

305.  The  South  to  the  Collapse  of  the  Confederacy   (3).     Development  of  the 
southern  region  of  the  United  States  from  the  time  of  discovery  to  the  close 

of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  social  and  economic  structure  of 
the  Southern  society  during  the  late  ante-bellum  period  and  on  the  sectional 
controversy  that  culminated  in  secession  and  Civil  War.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

306.  The  South  after  the  Civil  War  (3).     The  effects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Re- 
construction  on    the    social,    economic,    and    political    structure    of    the    South, 

and  the  development  of  the  New  South.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

308.  Mississippi   and   Its    Relation    to   the    South    (3).     A   consideration    of   the 
development  of  the  political,  social,   and   economic  institutions  that  form  the 

basis  of  society  in  Mississippi,  emphasizing  the  post  Civil  War  period.  Students 
may  enroll  for  306  or  308,  but  not  both.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
or   consent   of  instructor. 

309.  The   American   Revolution    and   the    Establishment   of   the   Federal   Union, 
1754-1800    (3).     A   study   of   the   men,    forces,    and   events    in   the   American 

movement  for  independence  and  unity,  concluding  with  an  account  of  the 
launching  of  the  ship  of  state  with  the  Federalists  at  the  helm.  Dr.  Sallis. 
Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

310.  The    Age   of   Jefferson    and    Jackson,    1800-1849    (3).     A    continuation    of 
History    309,    this    course    will    emphasize    the    rapid    expansion    of    the    early 

republic  and  the  effects  of  this  growth  on  the  society  of  the  nation  and  its 
sections.  Three  hours  credit.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite.  History  201  or  consent  of 
instnictor. 

311.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).     A  topical  study  of  the  history  of 
the  United  States  1900-1933,  with  emphasis  on  political,  economic,  and  social 

problems.  Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:   History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

312.  America  in   the   Twentieth   Century    (3).     A   continuation   of   History   311 
from  1933  to  the  present.  Special  reports  will  be  required.  Dr.  Moore.  Prere- 
quisite: History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

74 


313-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  The  sig- 
nificant" political,  social,  economic,  and  philosophical  ideas  of  the  American 
people.  Basic  institutions  will  be  examined,  along  with  influences  acting  upon 
the  intellectual  and  cultural  developments  in  the  United  States.  First  semester: 
From  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  Semester:  From  the  Civil  War 
to  the  present. 

5321.  Problems    in    Modern    History    (3).     The    nature    and    impact    of    such 
present-day   problems    in   international    relations    as    Nationalism,    Imperialism, 

Militarism,  and  Propaganda.  Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage 
101-102. 

5322.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).     A  broad  view  of  the  history  of  Europe 
since  1914.    Dr.  Moore.    Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  the  Con- 
gress of  Vienna  to  the  outbreak  of  World  War  I.  Primary  attention  will  be 
given  to  the  major  European  states,  with  some  attention  to  general  social, 
economic  and  cultural  trends.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  1815- 
1870;  the  second  semester  will  cover  1870-1914,  including  consideration  of  late 
19th  century  imperialism  and  the  diplomatic  background  of  World  War  I.  Dr. 
Laney. 

325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  1914  to 
the  present,  beginning  with  a  review  of  situation  of  Europe  at  the  opening 
of  the  20th  century.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  1914  to  1939.  The 
second  semester  will  begin  with  World  War  II  and  trace  major  developments 
down  to  the  contemporary  period.   Dr.  Laney. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the 
present.  Political,  social  and  economic  developments  will  be  considered.  The 
first  semester  will  cover  the  period  down  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second 
semester  will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  atten- 
tion to  the  development  of  the  British  Empire.   Dr.  Laney. 

329-330.  History  of  Russia  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  the  origins  of  Russia 
to  the  present.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  down  to  1855,  with 
particular  attention  to  the  rise  of  Muscovy,  her  emergence  as  a  European  power, 
and  the  development  of  her  characteristic  institutions  under  the  Tsars;  the 
second  semester  will  continue  the  study  down  to  the  contemporary  period,  with 
particular  attention  to  the  radical  and  socialist  movements  of  the  late  19th 
century,  the  revolutions  of  the  20th  century,  and  the  Soviet  regime.  Dr.  Laney. 

334.     Current  Problems    (3).     Class  discussion   of  current  problems  of  national 
and  international  importance.   Open  to   students  who  have   6  sem.  hrs.   credit 
in  History.  Dr.  Moore. 

411.     Special  Problems  in  History   (3).     A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and 

interpreted  and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students 

who  have  6  sem.  hrs.  in  History  and  is  required  of  all  History  majors.  Dr.  Moore. 


75 


XI    DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS 

The  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Chair  of  Mathematics 

PROFESSOR   KNOX 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  RITCHIE 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR   McKENZIE 

ASSISTANT   PROFESSOR   SHIVE 

MRS.  ROBINSON 

MR.  LEWIS 

The  Mathematics  courses  at  Millsaps  are  intended  (1)  to  offer  an  experience 
in  a  sufficient  variety  of  basic  and  liberal  subjects  to  constitute  the  foundation 
of  that  general  education  which  is  regarded  as  essential  to  balanced  development 
and  intelligent  citizenship;  (2)  to  meet  the  needs  of  four  types  of  students — (a) 
those  who  will  proceed  to  the  usual  academic  degrees  at  the  end  of  four  years; 
(b)  those  who  will  enter  professional  schools  after  three  or  four  years;  (c)  those 
who  are  preparing  for  teaching,  scientific  investigation,  or  both;  and  (d)  those 
who  will  take  less  than  a  complete  academic  program. 

An  effort  is  made  to  show  the  student  that  there  is  an  intangible  worth  to 
mathematics;  that  there  is  such  a  thing  as  mathematics  as  an  art,  mathematics 
for  its  own  sake,  mathematics  for  the  sheer  joy  of  comparing,  analyzing,  and 
imagining. 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and 
the  Senior  Seminar  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour 
courses  in  the  300-series.  Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must 
be  approved  by  the  department. 

103-104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3-3).  A  two  semester  course  for  fresh- 
men designed  primarily  for  the  non-science  majors.  The  basic  principles  of 
mathematics  are  studied  as  they  apply  to  a  number  of  topics,  including  the  fol- 
lowing: ratio,  proportion  and  variation,  functions,  equations,  exponents  and 
logarithms,  probability  and  statistics,  theory  of  sets,  number  systems,  theory  of 
numbers,  logic.  Mr.  Ritchie,  Mrs.  Robinson,  Dr.   Shive. 

105.  Mathematics  for  Teachers   I   (3).     A  course  in  the   structure   of  the  real 
number  system  and  of  its  subsystems.  Designed  for  the  prospective  elementary 

school  teacher.  Mrs.  Robinson. 

106.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  11  (3).     A  course  in  informal  geometry  and  the 
basic  concepts  of  algebra.    Also  designed  for  the  prospective  elementary  school 

teacher.   Mrs.   Robinson. 

115-116.     Pre-calculus  Mathematics   (4-4),     A  two-semester  course  for  freshmen 
designed  to  provide  the  necessary  mathematical  background  for  the  study  of 
calculus.  Dr.  Knox,  Dr.  Shive,  Mr.  McKenzie. 

172.     Elementary    Statistics     (3).     A    pre-calculus    course    primarily    for    social 
science  majors.  The  description  of  sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing 
hypotheses,  correlation,   regression,   the   chi-square   distribution,   analysis   of  vari- 
ance.  Dr.   Knox.   Prerequisite:   Mathematics   103  or   115. 

76 


211.     Analytic  Geometry   (4).     A  combined  course   in  plane  and  solid   analytic 
geometry.  Coordinate  systems  in  the  plane  and  in  space.   Curves  in  two  and 
three   dimensions.    Transformations   of   coordinates.    Prerequisite:    Consent    of   in- 
structor. 

S213.     Plane    Analytic    Geometry    (3).     Coordinate    systems.    The    straight    line, 
circle,  ellipse,  parabola,  hyperbola.   Transformations.  The   general  equation  of 
the  second  degree.   Loci  and  higher  plane  curves.   Mr.   McKenzie.   Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  instructor. 

215.  Calculus  I  (4).     The  fundamental  notions  of  limit  and  continuity.  Differ- 
entiation of  algebraic  and  transcendental  functions.  Applications.  Differentials, 

curvature.    Theorem   of   mean    value.    Mr.    McKenzie,    Mr.    Ritchie.    Prerequisite: 
Mathematics   116. 

216.  Calculus  II  (4).     Integration  as  an  operation,  integration  as  a  summation. 
The  definite  integral,  improper  integrals.   Applications.   The   fundamental  the- 
orem of  calculus.  Mr.  McKenzie,  Mr.  Ritchie.  Prerequisite:   Mathematics  215  or 
217. 

5217.  Calculus  Is  (3).     Same  as  Calculus  I  with  less  emphasis  on  applications. 
Prerequisite:   Mathematics   116. 

5218.  Calculus  lis  (3).     Same  as  Calculus  II  with  les's  emphasis  on  applications. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  215  or  217. 

325-326.     Calculus    III-VI    (3-3).     Topological    concepts    and    a    rigorous    treat- 
ment of  continuity,   integration,   differentiation,   and  convergence  in   n-dimen- 
sional  Euclidean  space.  Dr.  Shive.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  216. 

335.     Probability    (3).     The   concept  of  sample   space.   Discrete  and  continuous 
probability    distributions.     Independence    and    conditional    probability.     Char- 
acteristics of  distributions.  Dr.  Knox.  Prerequisite:   Mathematics  216  or  218. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra    (3).     Congruences,   groups,   rings,   ideals,   isomorphisms, 
and    homomorphisms,    fields,    equivalence.    Mr.    Ritchie.    Prerequisite:    Mathe- 
matics 216  or  218. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).     Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of 
matrices.    Systems    of    linear    equations.    Eigenvalues    and    eigenvectors.    Mr. 

Ritchie.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  216  or  218. 

351.  Differential  Equations   (3).     A  first  course  in  differential  equations  of  the 
first  and  second  orders,  with  applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics. 

Dr.  Knox.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  216  or  218. 

352.  Electronic    Analog    Computer    (1).     Linear    components,    time-scale    and 
amplitude-scale  factors,  non-linear  components,   and  function-generating   tech- 
niques.   One    lecture   period    and    one    laboratory    period    per    week.    Dr.    Knox. 
Prerequisite:   Mathematics  351. 

361.     College  Geometry  (3).     A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geome- 
try,   and   an    introduction   to   non-Euclidean    geometries.     Mr.    Ritchie.     Prere- 
quisite:   Mathematics  215. 

371.     Introductory  Topology   (3).     Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff 
spaces,    compactness,    continuous    mappings.    Dr.    Shive.    Prerequisite:    Mathe- 
matics 216  or  218. 

77 


391-392.     Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics    (3-3).     Chosen  from   areas   such   as 
applied  mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathe- 
matics, and  history  of  mathematics.   Prerequisite:   Consent   of  department  chair- 
man. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  advanced  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  depart- 
ment chairman. 

491-492.     Seminar  (1-1).     Discussions  of  topics  of  interest  in  the  field  of  mathe- 
matics. 


XII    THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  MUSIC 

PROFESSOR  BYLER 

PROFESSOR  SWEAT 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  KILMER 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  ALDERSON 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  AYERS 

MRS.  BYLER  MR.  POLANSKI 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  music  may  apply  for  either 
the  Bachelor  of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  Piano, 
Voice,  or  Organ  may  be  earned  upon  completion  of  the  program  of  studies 
outlined  on  page  40.  The  minimum  number  of  credit  hours  required  for  this 
degree  is  132  semester  hours.  Bachelor  of  Music  candidates  are  required  to  give 
a  full  recital  in  each  of  their  final  two  years  of  study.  A  comprehensive  exami- 
nation is  required  during  the  senior  year. 

Bachelor  of  Arts.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  may  be  earned  with  a  major 
in  Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  or  Music  Education.  Specific  departmental  requirements 
are  sixteen  hours  of  applied  music,  four  of  which  may  be  studied  in  a  secondary 
field,  and  twenty-five  hours  of  theory.  Juniors  and  seniors  must  give  two 
partial  recitals  or  a  full  senior  recital.  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required 
during  the  senior  year.  Students  desiring  teacher  certification  should  consider 
state  requirements.  All  music  majors  shall  be  required  to  attend  all  student  and 
faculty  recitals,  and  weekly  studio  classes. 

Piano  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an 
adequate  musical  and  technical  background  in  the  instrument.  He  should  know 
and  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales.  He  should  have  had  some 
learning  experience  in  all  periods  of  the  standard  student  repertory,  such  as 
the  Bach  two-part  inventions,  the  Mozart  and  Haydn  sonatas,  the  Mendelssohn 
Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok  Mikrokosmos. 

For  all  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or 
organ,  a  piano  proficiency  examination  will  be  required  prior  to  graduation. 
At  this   examination  the   student  must  perform   acceptably,   from   memory,   the 

78 


following  material  (or  its  equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty):  the  major  and 
minor  scales  and  arpeggios,  a  Bach  two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a 
classical  sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  contemporary  work  of  moderate  difficulty. 
Also  at  this  examination,  the  student's  ability  at  sight-reading  will  be  tested. 
Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency  examination,  he  will  be  required 
to  study  piano  each  semester. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  fulfill 
repertory  and  technical  requirements  as  specified  by  the  department. 

Organ  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have 
completed  sufficient  piano  study  to  enable  him  to  play  the  Bach  two-part  and 
three-part  inventions,  Mozart  and  Beethoven  sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin, 
Schumann,  Mendelssohn,  and  Bartok.  The  student  should  also  know  and  be 
able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  also  to  have 
one  year  of  voice  study,  one  semester  of  conducting,  directed  study  in  organ 
literature,  and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  including  console 
conducting. 

Voice  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess 
above  average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing, 
and  musical  intelligence.  He  should  possess  some  knowledge  of  the  rudiments  of 
music  and  be  able  to  sing  a  simple  song  at  sight.  He  should  have  had  some 
experience  in  singing  works  from  the  standard  repertory,  such  as  art  songs  of 
the  Romantic  Period  by  Schubert  or  Schumann. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  have 
a  basic  piano  proficiency,  to  take  a  conducting  course,  to  take  eighteen  hours 
of  foreign  languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:  French, 
German,  or  Italian. 

Music  Education 

Students  electing  the  Music  Education  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree,  not  the  Bachelor  of  Music.  Courses  required  for  this  major  will 
be  found  on  page  40. 

I.     Music  Theory 

101-102.     Basic  Theory  (4-4).     Includes  the  elements  of  music,  scales,  intervals, 
and  chords.    Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation,  and  keyboard 
harmony.    Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate    Theory    (4-4).     Harmonization   of   chorales,   modulation, 

altered  chords,    advanced    sight-singing,    harmonic    dictation,    and    keyboard 

harmony.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite 
101-102. 

215.     Music  Appreciation  (3).      (For  non-majors).    The  literature  of  music  as  an 

important    aspect    of    Western    culture.     The    underlying    principles    of    form 

employed  in  the  composition  of  music  are  emphasized  in  order  to  provide  the 

79 


listener  with  the   means   by  which   he    can   better   evaluate   and   appreciate   the 
music  he  hears. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  A  composite  course  combining  counterpoint, 
form  and  analysis,  composition,  and  orchestration.  First  semester  includes: 
18th  century  counterpoint;  "form  in  the  music"  and  "form  of  the  music";  com- 
position for  the  keyboard;  and  the  study  of  orchestral  instruments.  The  second 
semester  concerns  itself  with  the  larger  forms  of  the  19th  century.  Three  lecture 
hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Theory, 
201-202. 

315.     Music  in  Religion  (3).     A  survey  of  the  development  of  sacred  music  from 

antiquity  to  the  present.    Organization  and  administration  of  the  Church  music 

program   is   included.    Open  to  non-music   majors   on  consent   of  the   instructor. 

381-382.     Music  History  (3-3).     The  first  semester  includes  music  from  antiquity 
to  1750,  and  the  second  semester,  music  to  the  present  day. 

401.     Directed  Study  in  Music  Literature   (2).     Advanced  surveys  of  a  concen- 
trated area  of  music  literature.    The  area  studied  depends  upon  the   applied 
music  emphasis  of  the  student. 

II.     Music  Education 

323.     Music.     Kindergarten    through    3rd    grade.     Teaching    of    music    at    the 
primary  level,  for  classroom  teachers.    The  basic  elements   of  theory   are   in- 
cluded.   Same  as  Education  323.    Not  applicable  for  Music  Education  major. 

325.     Music.     Grades   4   through   8    (3).     The   teaching   of   music    in    grades   4 
through  8,  for  classroom  teachers.    The  basic  elements  of  theory  are  included. 
Same  as  Education  325.    Not  applicable  for  Music  Education  major. 

333.     Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).     Administration  and  teaching  of  music 
at  the  elementary  school  level.    This   course  makes  a   comparative   survey   of 
current  teaching  materials  in  the  field  of  elementary  music.    Prerequisite:   Music 
101-102. 

335.     Music  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).     Administration  and  teaching  of  music 
at  the  secondary  school  level.   A  comparative  survey  and  study  of  materials  and 
texts.    May  be  taken  in  lieu  of  Education  362.    Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 

341.  Choral  Conducting    (3).     Conducting,   scorereading,   rehearsal  techniques, 
diction  for  singers.    Laboratory  conducting  of  ensembles. 

342.  Instrumental    Ensemble    (2).     A   study    of   basic    fundamentals    of    string, 
woodwind  and  brass  instruments,  including  training  methods  and  materials. 

361.  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).     A  survey  of  the  aspects  encountered  by 
the   organist  in  playing  services   in  various   churches,   including   the   study   of 

hymns,    liturgies    and    chants,    and    suitable    organ    music    for    the    Church    Year. 
Open   to   advanced   organ   students. 

362.  Console    Conducting    (2).     Choral   techniques    applied   to    directing    from 
the  console.    Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and  directing 

the  choir  or  choirs.    Open  to  advanced  organ  students. 

401.     Directed   Study   in   Music   Education    (2).     Advanced   course   designed   to 
correlate   work   previously   studied   in   music   and   to   prepare    the    student   for 
graduate  study.    Research  and  projects  provide  practical  experience  according  to 
the  student's  major  field  of  interest. 

80 


440.     Directed    Observation    and    Student    Teaching   in    the    Elementary    School. 

Same  as  Education  430  or  440.    Prerequisite:  Music  333. 

452.     Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.     Same  as 
Education  452.    Prerequisite:  Music  335. 

III.     Applied  Music 

Courses  are  designated  by  the  first  letter  of  the  name  of  the  instrument,  fol- 
lowed by  the  proper  number  from  the  following  table: 

Freshman  191-192,  193;  Sophomore  291-292,  293;  Junior  391-392;  Senior  491-492. 

One  or  two  lessons  per  week.    One  or  two  hours  credit  each  semester. 

181.     Class  instruction  in  Voice  or  Piano  to  a  minimum  of  four  students  who  meet 
for  two  lessons  per  week.    One  hour  credit. 

395-396.   (3-3).     Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a 
Junior  recital. 

495-496.   (4-4).     Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a 
Senior  recital. 


XIII     DEPARTMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY 

PROFESSOR  BERGMARK 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  MITIAS 

The  courses  in  philosophy  are  designed  to  help  the  student  develop  a  critical 
attitude  toward  life  and  an  appreciative  understanding  of  life. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours,  including  courses 
202,  301,  302,  311,  and  381. 

201.  Problems  of  Philosophy   (3).     A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems, 
such  as  knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  God. 

202.  Logic  (3).     Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and 
induction  (scientific  methods). 

301-302.     History    of    Philosophy.    (3-3).     The    first    semester    is    a    survey    of 
western  philosophy  through  the  Medieval  period;  the  second  semester  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present. 

311.     Ethics   (3).     A  study  of  principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and 
social  values. 

321.     Esthetics   (3).     Includes  consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art 
object,  and  standards  of  esthetic  appreciation. 

331.     Philosophy  of  ReHgion  (3).     A  study  of  the  basic  ideas  and  issues  involved 
in  the  development  of  a  religious  interpretation  of  life. 

351.     Oriental  Philosophy    (3).     A  study  of  the  philosophies  of  the  East. 

361.     Philosophy  of  Science    (3).     A  study  of  the  origin   and  adequacy  of  the 
fundamental  concepts  of  science,  and  the  relation  of  philosophy  and  science. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

81 


371.     Contemporary  Philosophy  (3).     A  study  of  the  dominant  schools  and  trends 
in  recent  philosophy,  such  as  idealism,  realism,  pragmatism,  logical  empiricism, 
and  existentialism.    Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

381.     Metaphysics  (3).     A  study  of  the  basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor, 

401-402.     Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or 
consent  of  the   instructor. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  Courses  (3-3).     Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 


XIV    DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
AND  ATHLETICS 

PROFESSOR  MONTGOMERY,  Director  of 
Athletics  and  Physical  Education;  Tennis  Coach 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  DAVIS,  Head 
Football  Coach 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  EDGE,  Director  of 
Physical  Education  for  Women;  Golf  Coach 

MR.  RANAGER 

Assistant  Football,  Baseball  Coach 

MR.  CORDER 

Basketball  Coach 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics  operates  on  three  levels 
to  promote  a  well-rounded  education  for  Millsaps  College  students.  In  academic 
and  activity  courses  the  student  is  provided  with  a  background  of  carry-over 
activities  that  are  applicable  to  teaching  or  personal  use,  both  while  in  college 
and  after  graduation.  The  intramural  programs  attempt  to  promote  leisure  edu- 
cation, enrich  social  competence,  develop  group  loyalties,  and  provide  healthful 
exercise.  The  program  of  intercollegiate  athletics  provides  the  more  skillful 
students  an  opportunity  to  compete  against  students  of  other  colleges  in  super- 
vised athletic  contests. 

Two  hours  of  physical  education  are  required  for  graduation.  Three  hours 
should  be  earned  in  Physical  Education  101-102,  103-104  courses. 

ACTIVITY  COURSES 

Most  activity  courses  are  co-educational.  Students  are  required  to  furnish 
their  own  gym  clothing.  The  department  will  furnish  locker  and  towel  service 
and  all  materials  needed  for  the  courses. 

X101-X102,   X103-X104        Basic  Recreational   Skills    (1-1;    1-1).     This   course   is 
designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  most  common  recreational  sports  and 

82 


to  develop  a  measure  of  skill  in  playing  them.  Symbols  on  the  class  schedule 
designate  the  following  interest  groups:  AR,  archery;  WT,  weight  training  for 
men;  BT,  body  tone  for  women;  K,  karate;  WS,  water  safety — a  Red  Cross, 
Y.M.C.A.,  and  Y.W.C.A.  co-operative  program;  SA,  Sailing;  DA,  dance;  FEN, 
Fencing.    Three  hours  each  week  for  the  entire  year. 

X20I-X202.     Golf   (1-1).     Beginning  and  advanced. 

X211-X212.     Bowling    (1-1).     Beginning   and   advanced. 

X221-X222.     Tennis.     Beginning   and    advanced. 

ACADEMIC  COURSES 

All  academic  courses  are  open  to  both  men  and  women,  with  the  exception 
of  the  coaching  courses. 

305.     Physical  Education  For  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).       Primarily  for  those 
preparing   for  the   teaching  profession.   The   characteristics   of   the   elementary 
school    child,    activities    suited    to    the    physical    and    mental    levels    represented. 
Facilities,  and  equipment  are  considered. 

308.     Institutional    and    Community    Recreation    (3).     Techniques    and    theories 
of  directing  church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs, 
with  special  emphasis  on  designing  programs  for  all  age  groups. 

311-312.     Theory  of  High  School  Coaching  (3-3).     Open  to  men  only  to  pre- 
pare coaches  of  high  school  football  and  basketball  to  coach  and  operate  full 
scale  programs  in  these  sports. 

321-322.     Athletic  Officiating  For  Men  (3-3).     For  students  who  are  interested 
in  becoming  football  or  basketball  officials.  This  course  includes  a  complete 
itudy  of  the  rules,  interpretations,  administration,  ethics,  and  the  mechanics  of 
ithletic  officiating. 

J32.     Hygiene    (3).     Personal   health    and    care    of   the   body;    food,    sanitation, 
diseases   and  contagion,   vitamins,  and  hormones. 


XV     DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  GALLOWAY 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  FAULKNER 

Courses  offered  in  the  department  are  designed  to:  (1)  provide  a  solid 
:oundation  in  all  areas  of  Physics  for  the  student  who  intends  to  study  at  the 
graduate  level;  (2)  provide  a  firm  physical  interpretation  of  natural  phenomena 
or  the  student  who  intends  to  enter  the  field  of  medicine;  (3)  to  provide  a 
borough  explanation  of  basic  physical  principles  and  the  opportunity  to  specialize 
n  a  chosen  area  for  the  student  who  intends  to  terminate  his  study  upon  gradua- 
ion;  (4)  provide  an  introduction  to  both  the  theoretical  and  the  experimental 
ispects  of  Physics  for  all  interested  students. 

A  major  may  be  taken  either  in  Physics  or  in  Physics  and  Astronomy.  It  is 
idvisable  to  consult  with  the  instructor  before  enrolling  for  any  advanced  course. 
Vll    pre-medical    students    should    take    Physics    101-102    and    Physics    151-152. 

83 


Other  students  planning  graduate  work  in  the  sciences  should  enroll  for  Physics 
131-132. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Physics  and  Astronomy  are 
required  to  take  a  minimum  of  30  hours  in  Physics  (or  Physics  and  Astronomy), 
fifteen  hours  of  Mathematics,  and  fifteen  hours  of  Chemistry.  For  departmental 
recommendation  to  graduate  school  the  required  30  hours  in  Physics  must  include 
Physics  331,  316,  and  491-492.  A  student  contemplating  Physics  as  a  major  is 
advised  to  consult  with  members  of  the  department  as  early  in  his  academic 
career  as  possible. 

Physics 

101.  General  Physics  (3).     Mechanics,  heat,  and  sound.   Two  lecture  periods  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.    Mr.    Galloway.     Prerequisite   or   corequisite: 

Mathematics  115-116. 

102.  General    Physics    (3).     Magnetism,    electricity,    and    light.     Two    lecture 
periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.    Mr.   Galloway.    Prerequisite   or 

corequisite;    Mathematics   115-116. 

131-132.  General  Physics.  (4-4).  A  critical  examination  of  the  basic  principles  of 
mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  and  light.  An  introduction  to 
modern  Physics  will  be  included.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Mr.  Faulkner.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  115-116.  Corequisite:  Mathe- 
matics 215. 

151-152.  General  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  A  course  designed  to  accompany 
either  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132  to  provide  additional  work  to  meet 
the  needs  of  those  students  who  expect  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  schools. 
All  pre-medical  students  should  enroll  for  this  course.  One  laboratory  period  per 
week.    Mr.  Galloway.    Corequisite:   Physics   101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 

201-202.     Intermediate    Physics    (3-3).     A    problems    course    dealing    with    the 
properties  of  matter,  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  magnetism,  electricity  and  light. 
Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.    Mr.   Faulkner.    Pre- 
requisite: Physics   101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 

301.     Atomic  Physics  (3).     An  analytical  consideration  of  the  extra-nuclear  prop- 
erties of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  atomic  spectroscopy.    Offered 
first  semester.    Mr.   Faulkner    Prerequisite:   Physics   101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 
Corequisite:  Mathematics  215. 

306.  Nuclear  Physics  (4).  An  analytical  consideration  of  the  intra-nuclear  prop- 
erties of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  high-energy  physics.  Offered 
second  semester.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Mr.  Faulkner.  Prerequisite:  Physics  301  and  Mathematics  215.  Corequisite; 
Mathematics  216. 

311.     Electricity   (3).     Electrical  measuring  instruments  and  their  use  in  actual 
measurements,  the  distribution  of  power,   lighting,   and  heating.    Two  lecture 
periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.    Mr.  Galloway.    Prerequisite:  Physics 
101-102  or  Physics  131-132. 

315.     Optics    (3).     Principles    and    laws    of    reflection,    refraction,    interference, 
polarization,  and  spectroscopy.    Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.    Mr.  Galloway.    Prerequisite;  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132. 

84 


316.     Electronics    (3).     A  study  of  the  vacuum  tube  and  the  fundamentals  of 
radio  communication.   Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Mr.  Galloway.    Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  instructor. 

321-322.     Biophysics   (I-l).     A  physical  treatment  of  biological  phenomena,  in- 
cluding such   topics  as  membrane   permeability,   membrane   potentials,   hydro- 
statics, hydrodynamics,  and  radiation  biology.    Mr.  Faulkner.    Prerequisite:  Physics 
101-102  or  Physics  131-132  and  8  sem.  hrs.  of  Biology. 

331.     Classical    Mechanics    (3).     Precise    mathematical    formulation    of   physical 
phenomena.   Mr.  Faulkner.    Prerequisite:   Physics   101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 
Corequisite:  Mathematics  215 

336.     Mechanics  (3),     A  continuation  of  Physics  331.  Related  topics  such  as  the 
kinetic  theory  of  matter  and  low  temperature  physics  will  be   included.   Mr. 
Faulkner.    Prerequisite:   Mathematics  215  and  Physics  331.    Corequisite:   Mathe- 
matics 216. 

341.     Radiological  Physics  (3).     A  survey  of  the  properties  of  radiations,  inter- 
actions   of    radiations    with    matter,    radiation    dosimetry    and    instrumentation, 
radiation  biology,   and  health  physics.   Mr.   Faulkner.    Prerequisite:    Physics    101- 
102    or    131-132.    Corequisite:    Mathematics    215. 

351.     Photography    (1).     Developing,    printing,    and    enlarging.    One   laboratory 
period  per  week.   Mr.   Galloway.    Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the   instructor. 

371-372.     Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1).     Measurements  in  mechanics,  elec- 
tricity,  heat,  sound,   optics,   and   atomic   and   nuclear  physics.    One   laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  instructor. 

401-402.     Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     An  introduction  to  the  method 
of  scientific  research.  The  student  is  allowed  to  pursue  in  the  laboratory  topics 
in  which  he  is  interested,  with  faculty  available  for  consultation.   Open  only  to 
juniors    and    seniors.     Prerequisite:    Consent    of    the    instructor. 

G480.     Gulf   Coast   Semester   Research    (18). 

491-492.     Seminar  (1-1).     Student  presentations  of  current  problems  in  Physics 
research.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  instructor. 

Astronomy 

101-102.     General    Astronomy    (3-3).     A   study   of   the    earth,   moon,    time,  the 

constellations,    the    solar    system,    the    planets,    comets,    meteors,    the    sun,  the 

development  of  the  solar  system,  and  the  siderial  universe.  Two  lectures  and  one 
observatory  period.  Mr.  Galloway. 

301-302.     Practical   Astronomy    (3-3).     Spherical   astronomy   and    the    theory   of 
astronomical  instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations. 
One   lecture   and   one   double   laboratory  period   per  week.    Mr.    Galloway.    Pre- 
requisite: Astronomy  101-102  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 


85 


XVI    DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  ADAMS 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  BAVENDER 

The  general  objective  of  the  Department  of  Pohtical  Science  is  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  theory  and  practice  of  government  and  politics.  Primary  at- 
tention is  focused  upon  the  American  political  system. 

Directing  its  effort  to  an  intelligent  understanding  of  the  contemporary 
world  and  of  the  responsibilities  which  are  laid  upon  citizens  of  a  democracy, 
the  Department  of  Political  Science  shares  the  general  objectives  of  a  liberal 
arts  education.  While  the  department  does  not  emphasize  vocational  education, 
the  knowledge  it  seeks  to  impart  should  be  useful  to  anyone  contemplating  a 
career  in  the  government  service,  law,  politics,  or  business. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  the  department  are  required 
to  take  Political  Science  101,  301,  491,  and  at  least  fifteen  additional  hours  in 
the  department.  Students  may  be  advised  to  take  related  work  in  other  de- 
partments  of   the   College. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science 
majors  may  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester  and  the  London  Semester.  In 
conjunction  with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washington 
Semester.  Each  program  involves  study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  Additional 
information  is  given  on  pages  51. 

COURSE  LISTINGS 

101.  American  Government    (3).     A  systems   analysis   of  our  national  political 
environment,  inputs,  and  decisionmaking  agencies.   Two  hours  of  lecture   and 

one  hour  of  discussion  each  week. 

102.  American  Government  (3).     Output  analysis  of  our  national  fiscal,  regula- 
tory, grant-in-aid,  social,  defense,  and  foreign  policies. 

112.     State  and  Local  Government    (3).     Urban  democratic  theory,   community 
power  analysis,   and  institutions   and   policies   of   state   and   local   government. 

226.     The    American    Legislature     (3).     Powers,    functions,    organization,    pro- 
cedures, role,  behavior,  and  roll-call  analysis,  with  emphasis  on  Congress. 

241,  Comparative  Government     General  comparative  theory  as   applied  to  the 
political    cultures    and    institutions    of   Great    Britain,    selected    nations    of   the 

Commonwealth,  and  France.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science   101. 

242.  Comparative  Government.     General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political   cultures   and   institutions   of  the    Federal   Republic    of   Germany,   the 

Soviet    Union   and    selected   Communist   oriented   nations.    Prerequisite:    Political 
Science   101. 

251-252.     Courts    and    the    Constitution    (3-3).     Constitutional    politics    and    the 
judicial  process,  with  emphasis  on  20th  century  interpretation  and  lower  court 
operation.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

301.     Political  Theory   (3).     Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  Hobbes, 
Locke,  Rousseau  and  the  theorists  of  the  American  Revolution. 


302.     Political   Theory    (3).     Nineteenth   Century   liberalism,    Marxism,   totalitar- 
ianism, and  Twentieth  Century  political  thought. 

311.     American  Political  Parties  (3).     Functions,  organization,  nominations,  cam- 
paigns, voting  rights   and  behavior,   with  attention   to   Southern  parties. 

336.     The  American  Executive    (3).     Developmejit  of  the  powers  of  the  Presi- 
dency  and   their    current    interpretation    and    application.    Special    attention    is 
given  to  problems  of  public  administration. 

361.  International    Relations    (3).     Issues,    strategies,    and    theories    of   interna- 
tional politics  including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense, 

imperialism,  balance  of  power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation. 

362.  U.  S.  Foreign  Policy   (3).     The  basic  aims  and  formulation  of  American 
foreign  policy  including  its  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects  developed 

within  the  context  of  current  issues. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study   (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

452.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an 
aide  to  one  or  rpore  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester 
during  a  regular  session  of  the  Legislature,  working  at  a  variety  of  tasks  which 
may  include  research,  writing,  marking  up  bills,  etc.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major 
in  Political  Science;  (b)  Junior  or  Senior  standing;  (c)  Political  Science  101  and 
112;  (d)  permission  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Department.  Application  for  ad- 
mission to  this  program  should  be  made  early  in  December  immediately  preced- 
ing a  new  legislative  session. 

491.     Senior  Seminar  (3).     Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on  the  state  of  the 
discipline  of  political  science.  Attention  is  paid  to  contributions  by  other  dis- 
ciplines to  the  study  of  politics. 


XVII     DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  LEVANWAY 

VISITING  PROFESSOR  VENATOR 

DR.   PEELER         DR.    DRAPER         DR.    BAUGH 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Psychology  are  (1)  to  assist  students 
in  gaining  a  better  understanding  of  themselves  and  others  with  whom  they 
live  and  work,  and  in  developing  more  objective  attitudes  toward  human 
behavior;  (2)  to  provide  a  sound  foundation  for  graduate  study  and  professional 
training  in  psychology;  and  (3)  to  provide  certain  courses  which  are  basic 
to  successful  professional  work  with  people. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Psychology  are  required  to 
earn  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Required  courses  are 
202,   311   or  312,   321,  491,   31 IL,   and   206L   or  331L.   Departmental   electives 

87 


must  be  selected  from  the  following:  206,  212,  216,  302,  303,  307,  313,  315,  331, 
390,  and  402.  A  course  in  statistics  is  an  additional  departmental  requirement. 
Under  unusual  circumstances  a  student  may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a 
required  course  if  he  passes  an  exam'nation  on  the  subject  matter  covered  by  the 
required  course.  This  special  examination  will  be  administered  by  the  depart- 
mental chairman  and  must  be  passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the 
comprehensive  examination.  The  student  successfully  taking  this  special  examina- 
tion will  receive  no  additional  course  credit  toward  the  degree. 

Psychology-Sociology. — A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and  Sociology  may 
be  earned  by  completing  33  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments  combined, 
with  at  least  15  hours  in  each  department.  The  following  courses  are  required 
of  all  such  majors:  Psychology  202,  206,  302,  315,  and  311  or  312;  Anthropology 

201,  202,  and  314;  and  Sociology  101,  491,  and  492.  A  course  in  statistics  is  also 
required  for  this  major. 

202.  Introduction  to   Psychology    (3).     The    student   is   introduced   to   methods 
of  studying  behavior   in   the   areas   of   learning,   intelligence,   maturation,   per- 
sonality, emotions,  and  perception. 

205.  Human  Grovv1:h  and  Development. — Same  as  Education  205. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (3).     A  study  of  the  principles  of  communication,  group 
interaction,    and   human   relations. 

206L.     Social  Psychology  Lab   (1).     To  be  taken  concurrently  with  Psychology 
206.    In  some  cases,  may  be  taken  after  completion  of  Psychology  206. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology. — Same   as   Education  207. 

212.     History  and  Systems  (3).     The  historical  development  of  the  field  of  psy- 
chology.   Emphasis    is    placed    on    the    outstanding    systems    of    psychological 
thought  as  exemplified  by  both  past  and  contemporary  men  in  the  field. 

271.     Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3).     Statistical  techniques  and  theory 
of    greatest    application    in    the    behavioral    sciences.    Primarily    for    behavioral 
science  majors.  (Same  as  Sociology  271;  may  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students 
taking  Mathematics  172). 

302.  Dynamics  of  Human  Behavior   (3).     Theoretical  contributions  to  the  un- 
derstanding of  personality  will  be  discussed.  Emphasis  on  normal  development, 

with  abnormal  symptoms  being  treated  as  extremes  of  normal  patterns.  Prere- 
quisite: Psychology  202. 

303.  Abnormal  Psychology   (3).     Considers  man's  deviations  from  the   normal, 
environmental  correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prere- 
quisite: Psychology  202. 

307.     Physiological    Psychology    (3).     The    physiological    processes    underlying 
psychological    activity,    including    physiological    factors    in    learning,    emotion, 
motivation,    and   perception.    Prerequisite:    Psychology   202;    Biology    121-122    or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

311.     Principles  of  Learning  (3).     Examines  the  process  of  learning  habits  and 
emotional   responses   as   well   as   the   methods   whereby   they   may   be   experi- 


mentally  altered.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  basic  principles  of  conditioning,  learning, 
motivation,  and  emotion  as  they  are  currently  known  in  various  organisms.  Pre- 
requisite:  Psychology  202. 

31 IL.     Learning  Lab   (1).     To  be  taken  concurrently  with  Psychology  311.   In 
some  cases,  may  be  taken  after  completion  of  Psychology  311. 

312.  Theories    of    Learning    (3).     A    theoretical    approach    to    motivation    and 
learning  which  emphasizes  the  major  learning  theories.  The  primary  emphasis 

will  be  given  to  the  theories  of  Thorndike,  Guthrie,  Hull,  Tolman,  Skinner,  and 
the   Gestaltists.     Prerequisite:    Psychology   202. 

313.  Psychology  of  Motivation   (3).     Emphasizes     the  initiation  of  a  sequence 
of  behavior,  including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  An  examination 

is  made  of  both  theory  and  research  findings  involving  biological  and  social 
controls  of  behavior.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

315.     Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements   (3).     A  study  of  the  theory,  prob- 
lems, and  techniques  of  psychological  measurement.  A  survey  of  both  indivi- 
dual and  group  tests  of  ability,  aptitude.  Interests,  and  personality.   Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202  and  Mathematics   172. 

321.     Advanced  General  Psychology  (3).     A  re-examination  of  the  areas  of  per- 
ception,   learning,    physiology,    motivation,    emotions,    and    personality.     Prere- 
quisite: Senior  status,  psychology  major. 

331.  Perception  and  Cognition  (3).  A  course  designed  to  keep  abreast  of 
theoretical  and  experimental  developments  in  the  rapidly  expanding  areas  of 
human  perception,  thinking,  reasoning,  problem-solving,  creativity,  attention, 
concentration,  information  processing,  and  computer  analogues  to  the  human 
cognitive  processes.  In  the  treatment  of  perception,  priority  is  given  to  central 
processes  rather  than  to  the  peripheral  sensory  apparatus.  Some  dimensions  of 
hypnosis  and  extra-sensory  perception  will  be  explored.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
the  department  chairman. 

311L.     Perception  and  Cognition  Lab  (1).     To  be  taken  concurrently  with  Psy- 
chology 331.  In  some  cases,  may  be  taken  after  completion  of  Psychology  331. 

352.     Educational    Psychology. — Same    as    Education    352. 

390.     Comparative  Psychology  (3).     The  study  of  the  behavior  of  lower  animals. 
The  course  attempts  to  relate  behavior  to  organismic  structures  and  environ- 
mental stimuli.   Prerequisite:    Psychology  202. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Open  only  to  advanced  students. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

405-406.      Independent   Study    (lto3   —   lto3).      Open   only  to   advanced 
students.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  Instructor. 

491.     Seminar    (3).     An   intensive   reading   course,    giving   the    student    a   wide 
acquaintance  with  current  psychological  literature  and  systems  of  psychology. 
Designed  to  fill  major  gaps  in  a  student's  preparation  in  the  field. 


XVIII     DEPARTMENT  OF  RELIGION 

The  Tatum   Foundation 

PROFESSOR  REIFF 

PROFESSOR  LEWIS 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  ANDING 

The  courses  are  designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  and  ap- 
preciation of  the  Bible  and  of  the  place  of  organized  religion  in  life  and 
society;  to  help  students  develop  an  adequate  personal  religious  faith;  and 
to  prepare  them  for  rendering  effective  service  in  the  program  of  the  church. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Religion  201  and  202  are  required  of  all  students. 
Majors  in  Religion  are  required  to  take  an  additional  25  hours  of  courses  in  the 
department,  including  Religion  391,  392,  and  492.  Philosophy  331  may  be 
counted  as  three  hours  on  the  Religion  major  if  the  student  satisfies  the  Philosophy 
requirements  with  six  additional  hours  of  Philosophy. 

201.  The   Story   of  the   Old   Testament    (3).     History,   literature,   and   theology 
in  the  Old  Testament. 

202.  The   Story  of  the  New  Testament   (3).     History,  literature,  and  theology 
in  the  New  Testament.    Prerequisite:  Religion  201  or  Heritage  101. 

251.  The   History   of   Methodism    (3).     John   Wesley    and   the    emergence    and 
development  of  the  Methodist  Church. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

252.  The    Educational    Work    of   the    Church    (3).     The    aims,    programs,    and 
methods  of  Christian  education  in  the  church  today.  Projects  in  local  churches 

are  included. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

301.  The    Teachings    of   Jesus    (3).     An    interpretative    study    of    the    life    and 
teachings  of  Jesus.  Prerequisite:  Religion  201-202. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).     An  interpretative  study  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets. 
Prerequisite:   Religion  201. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

311.     The  Life  of  Paul  (3).     Issues  in  the  thought  and  life  of  Paul. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  The   Work   of  the    Pastor    (3).     The    problems    and    opportunities   of   the 
pastor. 

Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

342.  The  Organization  of  the  Church   (3).     The  organizational  structure  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church  with  provisions  for  comparison  with   other   church 

structures.  Designed  for  both  preministerial  and  lay  students. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 
90 


351.     Church  and  Society  (3).     The  function  of  the  church  in  the  present  social 
order. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381.     World   Religions    (3).     The    origin    and   development   of   the    great   living 

religions. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.     History  of  Christianity    (3-3).     The   development  of  Christianity  and 
Christian  thought  from  Jesus  to  the  High   Middle  Ages,  and  from  the  High 
Middle  Ages  through  the  Reformation  to  the  present.   Either  semester  may  be 
taken  alone. 
Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading    (1    to   3   —   1    to   3).     Individualized   reading   and 
research   in   special   areas  under   the    guidance    of   an    instructor.    Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (I  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Individual  investigation  of  an 
area  or  problem  with  occasional  advice  from  an  instructor,  culminating  in  a 
written  report.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly 
offered,   for   an   organized   class   of  interested   students.    Prerequisite:    Consent 
of  the  department  and  division  chairmen. 

492,     Seminar  (1).     Designed  to  help  the  student  majoring  in  religion  integrate 
his  knowledge  in  terms  of  the  total  life. 


XIX    DEPARTMENT  OF  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  BUFKIN 
PROFESSOR  CRAIG  ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  HEDERI 

MRS.  FOGELSON  MR.  PENNY  'MR.  SAUNDERS 

This  department  offers  courses  in  French,  Italian,  and  Spanish.  The  pre- 
paratory courses  (101-102)  are  equivalent  to  two  high  school  units. 

A  student  is  not  permitted  to  enter  courses  201  and  202  in  French  and 
Spanish  imtil  the  101-102  course  or  the  equivalent  has  been  satisfactorily 
completed.  Students  who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of  a  modem  foreign 
language  in  high  school  may  not  receive  credit  for  the  101-102  course  in  the 
same  language.  Those  who  have  such  credit  will  be  given  a  standard  placement 
test  as  part  of  the  orientation  program  and  on  the  basis  of  this  test  will  be 
advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the 
college  level  or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course  on  a  noncredit 
basis.  A  student  will  not  be  admitted  to  courses  321  and  322  in  French  or 
Spanish  until  201  and  202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer  student)  have  been  satis- 
fied. Under  no  condition  will  a  student  be  permitted  to  begin  French  and 
Spanish  the  same  year. 

A  student  should  consult  the  professors  in  charge  before  planning  to  take 
more    than   two    modern   languages.    Any    course    not    already   counted    may   be 

"On  leave,   1970-71. 

91 


used  as  a  junior  or  senior  elective.  Credit  is  not  given  on  one  semester  of  the 
preparatory  course  as  an  elective,  however,  unless  the  other  semester  is 
completed. 

A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  the  language  laboratory  is  required  in 
all  courses  except  401-402. 

Requirements  for  Major:  For  students  majoring  in  either  French  or  Spanish, 
no  one  course  is  required  with  more  emphasis  than  the  others.  It  is  recommended 
that  such  students  take  every  course  offered  in  their  major  field  of  interest. 
A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  al- 
though 30  hours  is  recommended.  Should  a  candidate  take  only  the  minimum 
of  required  courses,  18  of  these  hours  must  be  in  the  literature  of  his  language 
of  specialty. 

FRENCH  AND  ITALIAN 

101-102.     Elementary  French   (3-3).     Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral 
practice.  Miss  Craig,  Mr.   Saunders,  Mr.  Penny. 

201-202.     Intermediate  French  (3-3).     Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  mod- 
em French  prose.  Miss  Craig,  Mr.  Saunders.  Prerequisite:   French  101-102  or 
two  years  of  high  school  French. 

251-252.     Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).     Designed  to  give  students  some 
fluency  in  the  use  of  the   spoken  language.    Composition  drill   is   also    given. 
Emphasis    on    civilization    in    the    second    semester.    Miss    Craig,    Mrs.    Fogelson. 
Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  equivalent. 

301-302.     Advanced  French  and  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).     A  course 
in  advanced  French  composition  and   reading.   This   course   may  be  taken  in 
addition    to    and   may   also    substitute    for    French    251-252.    Staff.    Prerequisite: 
French  201-202    or   equivalent. 

321-322.     Survey  of  French  Literature  (3-3).     An  anthology  is  used.  Instruction 
and  recitation  principally  in   French.  Prerequisite:   French  201-202  or  equiva- 
lent. 

331-332.     Seventeenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).     A  study  of  the  Golden 

Age  of  French  literature.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  works  of  Corneille, 

Moliere,  Racine,   and  La  Fontaine.   Prerequisite:    French  321-322   or  equivalent. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Offered  in  1970-71. 

341-342.     French    Literature    in   the    Eighteenth    Century    (3-3).     An    anthology 
of  eighteenth  century  French  readings  is  used.    Extensive  readings  in  Rousseau 
and  Voltaire.  Second  semester  concentrates  on  the  dramatic  literature  of  the  age. 
Prerequisite:  French  321-322  or  equivalent. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).  First  semester  deals 
with  pre-Romantics,  early  Romantic  prose  writers,  and  the  Romantic  poets  and 
novelists.  A  survey  of  French  Romantic  drama  is  also  given.  Second  semester 
deals  with  Parnassianism,  Symbolism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism.  Prerequisite: 
French  321-322  or  equivalent. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Offered  in  1970-71. 
92 


361-362.     French   Literature    of   the    Twentieth   Century    (3-3).     First    semester 

deals   with   MaeterUnck,   Proust,    Bergson,   Gide,   Peguy,   and   Claudel.    Second 

semester   deals   with   Breton   and   the   Surrealists,    Malraux,    Giraudoux,    Anouilh, 

Sartre,  and  Camus.   Mrs.   Fogelson.   Prerequisite:   French  321-322   or  equivalent. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

401-402.     Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     A  course  designed  for  advanced 

students   who   wish   to   do    reading    and   research    in    special    areas    under   the 

guidance   of  the  instructor.   Prerequisite:    Consent   of  the   department    chairman. 

Italian  251-252.  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  A  two-semester  course 
in  beginning  Italian  language  with  emphasis  on  reading  knowledge  and  con- 
versational approach.  This  course  is  designed  to  afford  the  student  with  two 
years  of  another  modern  foreign  language,  a  knowledge  of  the  structure  of 
the  Italian  language  in  the  first  semester  and,  in  the  second  semester,  a 
cultural  reader  is  used  incorporating  oral  proficiency  training.  The  course  is 
especially  recommended  for  students  of  music.  Offered  on  sufficient  demand  and 
when  teaching  schedules  and  staff  permit.  Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  another 
modern  foreign  language  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 


SPANISH 

101-102.     Elementary  Spanish   (3-3).     Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral 
practice.  Mrs.  Hederi,  Mr.  Bufkin. 

201-202.     Intermediate    Spanish    (3-3).     Review    of    grammar    and    reading    of 
modem    Spanish    prose.    Mrs.    Hederi,    Mr.    Bufkin,    Mr.    Penny.    Prerequisite: 
Spanish  101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Spanish. 

251-252.     Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).     Designed  to  give  students  some 
fluency  in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization. 
Laboratory  drill  is  incorporated  in  this  course.    Mrs.  Hederi.    Prerequisite:  Spanish 
101-102  and  preferably  201-202. 

321-322.     Survey  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance   Spanish  Literature    (3-3).     The 

first  semester  considers  the  literature  from  the  jarchas  to  the  Early  Renaissance. 
The  second  semester  covers  Late  Renaissance  and  Golden  Age  authors.  An  out- 
line history  of  Spanish  literature  is  also  used.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202. 

331-332.  The  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age  (3-3).  The  first  semester  consists 
of  consideration  of  the  best  known  plays  of  the  most  representative  Spanish 
dramatists  of  the  Golden  Age  from  Cervantes  to  Calderon.  The  second  semester 
consists  of  a  detailed  study  of  the  life  and  works  of  Miguel  de  Cervantes, 
primarily  the  Quijote.  Mr.  Bufkin.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and  preferably 
321-322. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is 
a  study  of  the  historical  background  and  characteristics  of  nineteenth  century 
drama  and  poetry.  Selections  from  Espronceda,  Zorilla,  Duque  de  Rivas,  Becquer, 
Hartzenbush  and  Benavente.  The  second  semester  deals  with  the  Spanish  novel 
in  the  19th  century,  its  origins,  antecedents,  influence,  and  characteristics.  Con- 

93 


centration  on   the  works  of  Palacio  Valdes,   Valera,   Pereda,   Perez  Galdos,   and 
Blasco  Ibanez.  Mr.  Bufkin.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Offered  in  1970-71. 

361-362.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3-3).  The  first  se- 
mester deals  with  the  Generation  of  '98.  Concentration  on  the  works  of  Azorin, 
Baroja,  Unamuno,  Valle-Inclan,  Perez  de  Ayala.  The  second  semester  deals  with 
Jimenez,  Garcia  Lorca,  Casona,  Cela,  Laforet,  Zunzunegui,  and  others.  Mr. 
Bufkin.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  321-322  or  equivalent. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Offered  in  1970-71. 

381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish- American  Literature  (3-3).  A  brief  outline  of  the 
literature  of  the  Spanish-American  countries  with  attention  to  historical  and 
cultural  backgrounds.  The  first  semester  considers  poetry  from  the  pre-Columbian 
period  to  the  present.  The  second  semester  deals  with  the  prose  of  the  same 
periods.  Mr.  Bufkin.  Prerequisite:   Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.    Not  offered  in  1970-71. 

401-402.     Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     A  course  designed  for  advanced 

students   who   wish   to    do    reading   and   research   in    special    areas   under   the 

guidance  of  the   instructor.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

LINGUISTICS 

391-392.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Linguistics  (3-3).  This  course  empha- 
sizes the  historical  development  of  the  Indo-European  Languages.  Attention 
is  given  to  structural  linguistics,  semantics,  and  phonetics.  Other  problems  related 
to  the  teaching  of  language  and  philological  research  are  treated.  Prerequisite: 
French,  German,  or  Spanish  201-202  or  Italian  251-252. 


XX     DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY 
AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  CLAMPIT 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  COKER  ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  DODOO 

Race  riots,  urban  redevelopment,  crime  and  conformity,  student  protest, 
industrialization — these  are  some  of  the  topics  which  sociology  studies  through 
focussing  on  how  institutions  (such  as  the  family,  the  church,  and  caste)  relate 
to  one  another  within  changing  societies.  Anthropology  provides  a  comparison  by 
studying  similar  processes  in  pre-literate  societies  such  as  the  Pygmies,  head- 
hunting Jivaro,  and  the  Eskimo. 

Courses  in  the  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology  are  planned  (1) 
to  develop  the  liberal  arts  student's  knowledge  about  the  nature  of  societies 
and  how  institutions  are  maintained  as  well  as  changed.  (2)  To  give  students 
a  greater  perception  and  understanding  of  social  processes  in  a  changing  world, 
so  they  may  lead  more  effective  and  enlightened  careers  in  sociological  and 
anthropological  research;  social  work,  teaching,  and  the  ministry;  as  well  as 
community  organization,  social  change,  and  urban  planning. 

94 


Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  depart- 
ment. Required  courses  are  101,  201,  271,  290,  492,  493,  and  any  other  two 
courses  offered  by  the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  271  and  290 
in  their  sophomore  year,  492  in  spring  of  junior  year,  and  493  in  fall  of  senior 
year. 

101.  Introduction  to  Sociology   (3).     Survey  of  basic  concepts,  institutions  and 
processes  of  social  life. 

204.  Social    Change   in    American    Society    (3).     American    society   as    a   social 
system  in  transition;    confrontation    and   conflict;    theoretical   models   of   social 

change.  Prerequisite:   Sociology   101. 

102.  Social  Problems  in  American  Society   (3).     Analysis  of  such  problems  as 
adolescence,  old  age,  community  organization  and  development,  war  and  peace. 

205.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3).     Psychological,  sociological,  and  anthropological 
theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature  and  institutional  structure  of  religion 

in  complex  and  preliterate  societies.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

221.     Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).     Broad  view  of  the  field  of  social  work, 
and  social  work  organization.   Especially  recommended  for  exploring  interests 
in   social   work   as   a   profession.    Prerequisite:    Sociology    101    or    consent   of   in- 
structor. 

240.     Minority   Group   Relations   in    American    Society    (3).     Sociological   theory 
and  research,  literature,  and  the  mass  media  as  sources  of  information  about 
racial,   ethnic,   and  other  minority   group   relations   in   the   U.S. 

271.     Statistics     for    the     Rehavioral     Sciences     (3).     Statistical   techniques    and 
theory   of   greatest   application    in    the   behavioral    sciences.    Primarily   for   be- 
havioral science  majors.    (Same  us  Psychology  271;  may  not  be  taken  for  credit 
by  students  taking  Math  172). 

290.     Methods  of  Social  Research   (3).     Readings  and  projects  to  acquaint  the 
sociology  major  with   methods   of   data   gathering,   analysis,    and   reporting   of 
findings.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  271,  or  Mathematics   172. 

301.     Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).     Theory  and  research  on  the  institutions  of 
marriage  in  the  United  States,  changes  in  the  structure  and  function  of  mar- 
riage. 

321.     Urban  Sociology   (3).     Structures  and  processes  of  urbanization;  their  ef- 
fects upon  individual  and  society;  ecological  processes,  problems  of  community 
and    cleavage;    urban    decision-making,    and    models    of    redevelopment    within 
megalopolis.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

332.     Collective   Behavior    (3).     Mass   behavior   and   mass   movements,   such   as 
riots,  fads,  and  social  movements.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

95 


351.     Complex  Organizations  (3).     Large  scale  organization  in  modern  society — 
its   historical   development,   internal   structure    and   process,    and    influence    on 
the  personality  and  other  institutions.  Prerequisite:   Sociology   101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361.     Population   Problems    (3).     Population   theory,    Malthusian    and   post-Mal- 
thusian;  demographic  forces,  fertility,  migration,  mortality;  such  tools  as  age- 
sex  pyramids,  population  density,  etc.   Prerequisite:   Sociology   101   or  consent  of 
instructor. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371.     Social    Stratification.     Research   methods,    theories    and    empirical    findings 
pertaining    to    social    stratification    in   the    United    States    and    other    countries. 
Prerequisite:    Sociology    101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391.     Sociology  of  Deviance   (3).     Criiue,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality, 
alcoholism,   prostitution,    and    other    forms    of   deviance,    viewed    from    a    non- 
moralistic  sociological  perspective. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings  with  instructor.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  instructor,  and  chairman. 

403-404.     Undergraduate  Research   (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Research  project  pro- 
posed and  conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report 
due  at  end  of  semester.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  instructor  and  chairman. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Inquiry  into  an  area  of  special 
interest  by  a  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  independent  work  with  mini- 
mum  of  supervision.   Prerequisite:    Consent   of  instructor   and   chairman. 

411-412.     Special   Topics   in    Sociology    (3-3).     Class   dealing   with   the    analysis 
of  an  area  not  normally  covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to 
students.   Prerequisite:   Sociology   101. 

451-452.     Internship   (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Practical  experience  and  training  for 
majors  working  with  selected  organizations   engaged  in  social  research,   social 
work,  and  community  organization.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar   in    Sociological    Theory    (3).     Historical    approach   to    theoretical 
development  in  sociology,  focussing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and 

symbolic  interactionists.   For  junior  majors  only. 

493.  Senior  Seminar  for  Majors   (3).     Modern  sociological  theory,  special  read- 
ings for  examinations,  ethical  implication  of  research,  modern  trends  in  soci- 
ology. For  senior  majors  only. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

201.  Introduction    to    Anthropology    (3).     Survey    of    basic    concepts    and    ap- 
proaches  to  physical   anthropology,   archeology,   and   particularly   cultural   and 

social  patterns  of  preliterate  peoples. 

202.  Peoples   of  the   World   (3).     Ethnographic  studies   of  selected  pre-literate 
cultures    in    Africa,    Oceania,    and    the    American    Indian    group.    Prerequisite: 

Anthropology  201. 

96 


312.     Cultural  Anthropology    (3).     Topics   in   ethnological   theory   and   methods 
of    analysis,    comparative    and    functional    analysis    of    selected    cultures,    and 
historical  development  of  theory  in  anthropology.  Prerequisite:  Anthropology  201 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

314.     Culture,  Personality  and  Behavior  (3).     Cross-cultural  study  of  how  cul- 
ture  shapes   personality,   and   personality   affects    culture.    Emphasis   on   child- 
rearing  techniques  and   adolescence.   Prerequisite:    Anthropology  201    or  consent 
of  instructor. 

382.     Studies  in  Complex  Cultures    (3).     Anthropological  approach  to  the  cul- 
tures of  industrialized  nations,  with  cross-cultural  comparisons  to  functionally 
alternative  institutions  in  preliterate  societies.  Prerequisite:  Anthropology  201  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  — •  1  to  3).     Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings   with   instructor.     Prerequisite:    Consent   of  instructor,   and   chairman. 

403-404.     Undergraduate    Research.     Research    project    proposed    by    a    junior 
or  senior   major,    and    conducted    independently   by    outstanding    student.    Re- 
search report  due  at  the  end  of  semester.   (1,  2  or  3).    Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor  and  chairman. 

405-406.     Independent   Study.     Readings   in   an   area   of   special   interest   to   the 
well  qualified  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent  work  with 
supervision.  Report  due  at  end  of  semester.    (1,  2  or  3).  Prerequisite:   Consent 
of  instructor  and  chairman. 

411-412.     Special   Topics   in  Anthropology.     Class   dealing   with  the   analysis   of 
an   area   not   normally    covered    in    other   courses,    bat    of    current    interest   to 
students.   (3)   Prerequisite:  Anthropology  201. 


XXI     DEPARTMENT  OF  SPEECH  AND  THEATRE 

ASSOCIATE    PROFESSOR   GOSS 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  HOOKER 

MRS.  SULLIVAN 

SPEECH 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Speech:  30  hours  required,  to  include  Speech 
101-102,  Speech  211,  Speech  223,  Speech  361,  Speech  363,  Speech  401-402; 
plus  eight  hours  of  Contest  Debate  or  two  hours  of  Contest  Debate  and  Speech 
335  and  Speech  336. 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Theatre:  30  hours  required,  to  include  Theatre 
103-104,  Theatre  203-204,  Theatre  205-206,  Theatre  305-306,  Theatre  395-396 
Theatre  401T-402T. 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Speech  and  Theatre:  32  hours  required,  to 
include  Speech  101-102,  Speech  211,  Speech  361,  Speech  401-402,  Theatre 
103-104,  Theatre  205-206,  Theatre  305-306. 

101.     Speech   Fundamentals:    Public    Speaking    (3).     Each    student   will   be    re- 
quired to  deliver  a  minimum  of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively 

97 


more  difficult  material  and  situations.  Emphasis  is  given  to  development  of 
correct  breathing,  proper  pronunciation,  accurate  enunciation,  and  an  effective 
platform  manner.  Individual  attention  and  criticism  are  given  at  frequent  inter- 
vals. Mr.  Goss,  Mr.  Hooker. 

102.     Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3).     Involves  the  reading  aloud  of 
various  types  of  literature  with  a  view  of  communicating  its  logical,  imagina- 
tive, and  emotional  content.  Mr.  Goss,  Mr.  Hooker.  Prerequisite:  Speech  101. 

115-116.  (Freshman),  215-216  (Sophomore),  315-316  (Junior),  415-416  (Sen- 
ior). Contest  Debate  (1-1).  Principles  and  practices  of  intercollegiate  debat- 
ing. Intensive  preparation  on  the  national  debate  subject  each  year.  Practice 
debates  and  intercollegiate  competition.  May  be  taken  until  a  total  of  eight 
hours  credit  is  earned.  Mr.  Hooker. 

201.     Discussion  Method   (3).     Different  problems  of  current  interest  are   ana- 
lyzed and  discussed  in  a  round  table  style.  Discussion  is  based  upon  reflective 
reasoning  as  opposed  to  the  intentional  reasoning  used  in  debate.   Mr.   Hooker. 
Prerequisite:  Speech  101. 

211.     Forensics    (3).     The   discussion   technique,   including  emphasis   on   debate 
and    parliamentary    procedure.     Different    problems    of    current    interest    are 
analyzed,    discussed,    debated,    and   determined   by   differing    forensic    methods. 
Mr.  Hooker. 

221.  Persuasion  (3).  A  study  of  psychological  and  rhetorical  principles  in  in- 
fluencing and  controlling  the  belief  of  individuals;  of  the  basis  of  persuasion, 
the  nature  of  response,  and  the  methods  of  adaptation  to  various  mental  attitudes. 
Mr.  Hooker.  Prerequisite:  Speech  101,  three  hours  of  Psychology,  and  Sophomore 
standing. 

223.     Advanced   Public   Speaking    (3).     Concentrated   study   of   the   theory   and 
practice   of  the   various   forms   of  public   speaking.   Attention   is   given   to    the 
manuscript,   extemporaneous,    memorized,   and   impromptu   forms    of   speech.    In- 
cludes a  study  of  some  of  the  more  famous  historical  speeches.  Mr.  Hooker. 

335.  American  Public  Address  (3).     Public  speaking  in  the  United  States.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  given  to  the  historical  background  of  the  various  speakers 

and  their  speeches.  Mr.  Hooker. 

336.  British    Public    Address    (3).     Public    speaking    in    Great    Britain    and    its 
influence  upon  American  public  address.  Historical  background  of  distinguished 

speakers  and  their  speeches  is  considered.    Mr.   Hooker. 

361.     Phonetics    (3).        Detailed   analysis   of   English   speech   sounds.    American 
regional    pronunciations    are    considered.    Words    are    formed,    discussed,    and 
transcribed    according    to    the    International    Phonetic    Alphabet.    Attention    also 
given  to  words  which  are  widely  mispronounced.  Mr.  Hooker. 

363.     Speech  Correction  (3).     Includes  a  general  introduction  to  various  speech 
disorders,  including  an  analysis  of  causes  and  symptoms.  This  is  a  non-technical 
survey.  Mr.  Hooker. 

401-402.     Directed  Readings   (2-2).     Designed  to  acquaint  speech  students  with 
the  latest  developments  in  that  field.  Mr.  Hooker. 

98 


THEATRE 

103-104.     Introduction  to  Theatre  (3).     Covering  all  aspects  of  theatre  art,  this 
is  designed  as  the  basic  course  in  theatre.  A  prerequisite  to  all  other  theatre 
courses.  Mr.  Goss. 

131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 
Performance.     Practical  experience  in  production  by  the  Millsaps  Players.  The 
first  two   semesters   may   be   taken   simultaneously   with   Theatre    103-104.    One 
hour  per  semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 

S171-S172.     Summer   Workshop    (3-3).     Includes   acting,   production,   and   per- 
formance techniques.   Practical   experience   is   gained   through  participation   in 
special  summer  production  by  The  Millsaps  Players.  Mr.  Goss  and  Staff. 

203-204.     Theatrical  Production  (3-3).     A  study  of  the  field  of  theatrical  pro- 
duction, including  scenery,  properties,  lighting,  sound,  costuming,  and  make-up. 

205-206.     Acting   (2-2).     Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modem  plays   are  dealt 
with  in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester  considers  acting  in  pre-modem 
drama.  Mr.  Goss. 

301.     Greek  Drama   (3).     Concentrated  study  of  all  aspects  of  the  theatre  of 
ancient  Greece.  Mr.  Goss. 

305-306.     Literatiu-e  and  History  of  the   Theatre    (3-3).     Covers   the   European 
theatre.  Mrs.  Sullivan. 

311-312.     American  Theatre  (3-3).     The  literature  and  history  of  the  American 
theatre  to  the  present  day.  Mrs.  Sullivan. 

337.     Modem  Drama.     See  English   337. 

365-366.     Shakespeare     See   English   365-366. 

395-396.     Directing   (2-2).     Covers   all  facets  of  the  director's   role  in  modem 
play  production  from  the  selection  of  the  play  and  casting  through  the  per- 
formances. Mr.  Goss. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (2-2).     A  seminar  for  theatre  majors  covering  vari- 
ous  aspects    of   theatrical   history,    literature,    and    production.     Mrs.    Sullivan. 


99 


Part  IV 


Administration 
of  The  Curriculum 


GRADES,  HONORS,  CLASS  STANDING 

GRADING   SYSTEM 

The  grade  of  the  student  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the  combined  class 
standing  and  the  result  of  a  written  examination.  The  examination  grade  is 
counted  as  approximately  one-third  of  the  grade  for  the  semester. 

"A"  represents  superior  work. 

"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work. 

"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work. 

"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the 
class  below  the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as  the  grade  of  "B"  is  above 
the  average. 

"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in  the  other 
semester  of  the  course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that  the  "E"  precedes  the 
higher  grade   on  the   student's  record. 

"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class.  All  marks 
of  "D"  and  above  are  passing  marks  and  "F"  represents  failure. 

"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while  passing, 
and  "WF"  means  that  he  has  withdrawn  while  failing. 

"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if  the  work  is 
not  completed  by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 

QUALITY  POINTS 

The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  grade  of  "D"  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  one  quality  point  for  each  semester  hour,  the  completion  of  a 
course  with  a  grade  of  "C"  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student  to  two 
quality  points  for  each  semester  hour,  the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade 
of  "B"  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student  to  three  quality  points  for  each 
semester  hour,  and  the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "A"  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality  point  index 
is  arrived  at  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  quality  points  by  the  number 
of  academic  hours  taken.  The  change  from  a  3.00  to  a  4.00  quality  point 
index  became  effective  at  Millsaps  College  on  June  5,   1968. 

CLASS   STANDING  OF  STUDENTS 

The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore  rating  24  hours;     24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating  52  hours;     72  quality  points 

For  senior  rating  90  hours;   144  quality  points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  on  the  basis  of  his  status  at 
the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester. 

GRADUATION  WITH  DISTINCTION 

A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  his  entire  course  shall  be 
graduated  Cum  Laude;    one  whose  quality  point   index  is   3.6   and   who   has   a 

102 


rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Magna 
Cum  Laude;  and  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating 
of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Summa  Cum 
Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,-  Magna  Cum  Laude  or  Summa 
Cum  Laude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  sixty  academic  semester  hours 
in  Millsaps  College.  Distinction  or  special  distinction  may  be  refused  a  student 
who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  has  forfeited  his  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction  in  the  case 
of  students  who  have  not  done  all  their  college  work  at  Millsaps,  the  quality 
points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades  made  at  other  institutions  will  be  considered, 
but  the  student  will  be  considered  eligible  only  if  he  has  the  required  index 
both  on  the  work  done  at  Millsaps  and  on  his  college  courses  as  a  whole. 

GRADUATION  WITH  HONORS:   THE   HONORS  PROGRAM 

A  full-time  student  with  Junior  standing  who  has  an  over-all  quality  point 
index  of  3.0  may  during  the  first  semester  of  his  Junior  year  apply  to  his  de- 
partment chairman  for  permission  to  declare  himself  a  candidate  for  honors. 
Admission  requires  acceptance  of  the  student  by  the  chaimian  of  the  depart- 
ment and  approval  by  the  Honors  Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program 
becomes  effective  as  of  the  spring  semester  of  the  Junior  year. 

The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student  admitted  into 
the  Program  will  in  the  second  semester  of  his  Junior  year  enroll  with  his  honors 
adviser  in  a  directed  study  entitled  Honors  I  (Colloquium).  Enrollment  in  Honors 
II  and  Honors  III  (Research)  will  ordinarily  follow  in  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  of  the  Senior  year.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  for  each  of  these 
courses.  The  three  semesters  of  honors  work  are  intended  to  culminate  in  an 
honors  paper  to  be  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and  defended  before  an 
examining  board. 

The  first  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors  Colloquium 
designed  to  bring  together  for  the  purpose  of  intellectual  exchange  all  those 
students  participating  in  the  Honors  Program.  The  aim  of  the  Honors  Colloquium 
is  the  total  involvement  of  good  minds  in  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  values 
centering  around  selected  themes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutual  interest 
to  all  disciplines.  The  Honors  Colloquium  is  an  interdisciplinary  venture  and 
is  required  of  all  students  entering  the  Honors  Program. 

A  candidate  who  completes  the  honors  work  satisfactorily,  who  presents  and 
defends  the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0  overall  quality  point 
index,  and  who  has  a  3.33  index  in  honors  work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors. 
A  candidate  who  has  a  3.6  overall  quality  point  index,  who  has  a  4.0  index  in 
honors  work  and  who  in  the  estimation  of  the  examining  board  has  presented 
a  superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  his  candidacy  for  honors  at  any  time. 
Students  enrolled  in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound  by  the  general  college 
rules  for  dropping  a  course  and  for  receiving  course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be 
involuntarily  terminated  at  any  time  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors 
adviser  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Honors  Council. 

103 


DEAN'S  LIST 
Those  meeting  the  following  requirements  are  honored  by  inclusion  on  the 
Dean's    List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  twelve  academic  hours  during 
the  semester  on  which  the  scholastic  average  is  based; 

(b)  The  student  must  have   a  quality  point  average   for  the   preceding 
semester  of  3.2; 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  the  preceding 
semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  deans,  a  good  citizen  of  the 
college  community. 

REPORTS 

Reports  are  sent  at  the  close  of  each  nine  weeks  to  the  parent  or  guardian 
of  each  student.  These  reports  indicate,  as  nearly  as  practicable,  the  nature  of 
the  progress  made  by  the  student  in  his  work  at  the  college. 

HOURS  PERMITTED 

Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load  per  semester. 

No  student  may  take  more  than  seventeen  semester  hours  of  academic  work 
unless  he  has  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  latest  previous  college  term  or 
semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than  nineteen  semester  hours  of  academic 
work  unless  he  has  a  quality  point  index  of  3.00  on  the  latest  previous  college 
term  or  semester  and  obtains  permission  from  the  Associate  Dean.  No  student 
may  receive  credit  for  more  than  twenty-one  hours  in  a  semester  under  any 
circumstances. 

A  freshman  student  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours  of  laboratory 
science  courses  in  any  one  semester  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
student's  official  advisor. 

Any  student  who  is  permitted  to  take  more  than  seventeen  semester  hours 
of  work  will  be  required  to  pay  at  the  rate  of  $10.00  for  each  additional  semester 
hour  over  seventeen. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  at  the  same 
time  he  is  enrolled  in  Millsaps  without  the  written  permission  of  the  Associate 
Dean. 


ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE 

A  student  cannot  change  classes  or  drop  classes  or  take  up  new  classes  ex- 
cept by  the  consent  of  the  Dean,  his  faculty  adviser,  and  all  faculty  members 
concerned.  Courses  dropped  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  do  not 
appear  on  the  student's  record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two  weeks  and 

104 


before  the  middle  of  a  semester  are  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing)  or 
WF  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses  dropped  after  the  middle  of  a  semester  are 
recorded  as  failures.  If  a  student  drops  a  course  at  any  time  without  securing 
the  required  approvals,  he  receives  an  F  in  that  course  and  is  subject  to  further 
disciplinary  action. 

WITHDRAWAL 

A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  from  college  within  any  term  must  obtain 
permission  from  the  Associate  Dean  and  file  a  withdrawal  card.  No  refund  will  be 
considered  unless  this  written  notice  is  procured  and  presented  to  the  Business 
Office. 

Refunds  upon  withdrawal  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  elsewhere  in  this 
catolog  under  the  heading  of  "Financial  Regulations." 

A  student  who  withdraws  from  college  with  pemiission  after  the  first  two 
weeks  of  a  semester  is  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing)  or  WF  (withdrawn 
failing)  in  each  course.  A  student  who  withdraws  without  permission  receives 
a  grade  of  F  in  each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in  class,  or 
any  other  circumstance  which  prevents  the  student  from  fulfilling  the  purpose 
for  which  he  should  have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student  at 
any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except 
that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any 
charges. 

No  student  who  withdraws  from  college  for  whatever  reason  is  entitled  to 
a  report  card  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits  until  he  shall  have  settled  his  account 
in  the  Business  Office. 

AUTOMATIC  EXCLUSION 

To  remain  in  college  a  freshman  must  pass  in  the  first  semester  six  hours  of 
academic  work. 

After  the  first  half  year  a  student  must  pass  at  least  nine  hours  of  academic 
work  each  semester  to  continue  in  college. 

Furthermore,  the  maximum  number  of  semesters  a  student  may  be  on  aca- 
demic probation  without  automatic  exclusion  is  two. 

Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic  failure 
may  petition  in  writing  for  readmission,  but  such  petition  will  not  be  granted 
unless  convincing  evidence  is  presented  that  the  failure  was  due  to  unusual 
causes  of  a  non-recurring  nature  and  that  the  student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory 
record  during  the  subsequent  semester. 

PROBATION 

Probation  is  defined  as  follows: 

Academic  Probation — 

Students  who   pass   enough  work  to   remain   in   college,   but  make   in   any 
semester  a  quality  index  of  less  than  1.5  will  be  placed  on  probation.  Re- 

105 


I    ,■ 


stricted  attendance  privileges  apply  for  all  courses  in  which  such  students 
are  enrolled. 

Students  who  are  on  probation  may  be  removed  by  making  a  2.00  quality 
point  index  during  a  regular  semester  or  during  a  summer  session  at  Mill- 
saps  College  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled  for  at  least  twelve  hours 
credit.  A  student  is  asked  not  to  re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College  if  he  is  on 
academic  probation  more   than   two   semesters   during  his   college   program. 

Disciplinary  Probation — 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  the  regulations  of  the  College  may 
at  the  discretion  of  the  appropriate  dean  or  faculty  committee  be  placed 
on  disciplinary  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  may  apply  for 
such  a  student  in  all  courses  in  which  he  is  enrolled. 

CLASS  ATTENDANCE 

Irregular  attendance  is  an  indication  to  the  faculty  member  that  the  student 
may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting  to  the  work  of  the  course  or  to  college  in 
general.  The  primary  responsibility  for  counseling  with  students  with  respect  to 
their  absence  rests  with  the  faculty  member;  but  in  the  following  circumstances,  the 
faculty  member  is  expected  to  bring  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance 
record  to  the  attention  of  the  Dean  of  Students: 

1.  For  a  freshman  —  whenever  his  total  absences  are  equal  to  twice  the 
number  of  class  meetings  per  week. 

2.  For  any  student  — 

a.  When  he  has  been  absent  three  successive  class  meetings  for  reasons 
unknown  to  the  instructor. 

b.  Whenever  a   student's   absence   record   is   such   that  he  is   in  danger 
of  failing  the  course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  to  the  Dean  of  Students  is  for  counseling  purposes 
only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the  student's  grade  in  the  course. 

Individual  faculty  members  decide  for  themselves  the  manner  and  extent 
to  which  absences  alone  will  affect  a  student's  grade.  Each  faculty  member  is 
expected  to  outline  his  policy  in  this  respect  to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester.  This  may  extend  to  dismissal  from  the  course  with  a  grade  of 
"F"  for  reasons  solely  of  absence. 

Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member,  but  an  ex- 
cused absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being  responsible  for  the  course 
work  that  was  presented  in  his  absence.  Explanations  for  a  student's  absence 
provided  by  a  parent,  medical  doctor,  or  a  member  of  the  faculty  or  administra- 
tion may  be  helpful  to  the  faculty  member,  but  such  explanations  are  not  in 
themselves  excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences  in- 
volving missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and  similar 
scheduled  commitments.  Faculty  members,  however,  may  not  excuse  students 
from  attendance  on  the  two  days  preceding  and  the  two  days  following  vacation 
periods  without  the  express  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  becoming  familiar  with  the  general  attend- 
ance policy  of  the  College  and  with  the  particular  policies  operative  in  his  classes. 
Further  elaboration  of  the  policies  and  procedures  relating  to  attendance  are  to 
be  found  in  the  student  handbook,  MAJOR  FACTS. 

106 


SENIOR  EXEMPTIONS 

Seniors  may  be  exempt  from  final  examination  in  all  subjects  in  which 
they  have  maintained  a  grade  of  C.  These  exemptions  are  allowed  only  at  the 
end  of  the  semester  in  which  they  complete  the  comprehensive  examination  for 
graduation.  It  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  exemption  does  not  insure 
the  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two  weeks 
shall  count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may  a  student  be 
exempt  from  any  examination  in  more  than  one  term  or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the  semester  in 
which  they  complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  requirements  being  met. 

CONDUCT 

The  rules  of  the  College  require  from  every  student  decorous,  sober,  and 
upright  conduct  as  long  as  he  remains  a  member  of  the  College,  whether  he  be 
within  its  precincts  or  not.  Because  Millsaps  students  are  well-known  for  their 
exemplary  conduct,  there  are  few  stated  restrictions. 

Among  the  few,  gambling  and  use  or  possession  of  beverage  alcohol  are 
considered  specific  violations  of  College  policy.  Student  use  or  possession  of 
beverage  alcohol  on  the  campus  or  at  activities  sponsored  by  College  organiza- 
tions   will    have    serious    disciplinary    consequences. 

Additional  policies  relative  to  the  conduct  of"  students  are  found  in  the 
Handbook.  Students  are  expected  to  familiarize  themselves  with  these  regula- 
tions and  are  accountable  for  observance  of  them. 


r  \     'ttt  %  ' 


.M*ii' 


>Z-(^tM^t^ 


107 


'W>K 


,..■■ 


Part  V 


Campus  Activities 


RELIGIOUS  ACTIVITIES 

Millsaps  College,  as  an  institution  of  the  United  Methodist  Church,  seeks  to 
be  a  genuinely  Christian  college.  The  faculty  is  made  up  of  scholars  who  are 
Christians  striving  to  fulfill  the  highest  ideals  of  personal  devotion  and  of 
community  citizenship.  The  religious  life  of  the  College  centers  around  the 
churches  of  Jackson  and  the  campus  religious  program. 

All  members  of  the  college  community  are  invited  to  attend  a  weekly 
worship  service  and  a  Holy  Communion  service  in  the  Fitzhugh  Chapel. 

The  Christian  Council  is  a  student  group  made  up  of  representatives  from 
all  the  religious  groups  on  the  campus.  The  Director  of  Religious  Life  serves 
as  counselor  for  the  group.  Many  denominations  are  represented  in  the  student 
body.  Each  is  given  the  opportunity  to  organize  a  group  and  given  a  time 
to  meet.  The  YWCA  and  YMCA  are  given  the  opportunity  to  organize  and 
promote   an   interdenominational   program. 

Students  preparing  for  the  Christian  ministry  may  join  the  Ministerial 
League,  which  provides  programs  and  field  work  appropriate  to  the  needs 
of  students  interested  in  Christian  life  work.  Through  its  activities,  the  league 
provides  opportunity  for  Christian  service  for  its  members  and  contributes 
much  to  the  religious  life  of  the  campus,  to  the  local  churches,  and  to  such 
institutions  as  the  Methodist  Children's  Home  and  the  local  hospitals. 

A  similar  organization  for  young  women  going  into  full-time  Christian  work 
is  the  Women  Christian  Workers.  Their  program  and  activities  also  provide 
opportunity  for  worship  and  Christian  service  on  and  off  the  campus. 

There  are  other  opportunities  for  worship  such  as  communion  services 
and  organized  prayer  groups  in  the  dormitories.  These  services  provide  op- 
portunity for  participation  by  all  students.  The  worship  services  are  planned 
by  the   students  themselves. 

There  are  periods  of  special  emphasis  on  religion,  such  as  Pre-Easter 
services  and  the  J.  Lloyd  Desell  Lectureship.  The  annual  J.  Lloyd  Decell  Lecture- 
ship is  sponsored  by  all  the  religious  groups  of  the  campus,  functioning  through 
the  Christian  Council  working  with  the  Religious  Activities  Committee  of  the 
faculty.  For  this  week  some  outstanding  religious  leader,  familiar  with  student 
life  and  problems,  addresses  the  student  body  and  various  groups  of  students 
and  professors  and  is  available  for  private  conference  with  individuals.  This 
series    has   been    enriched   through    the    J.    Lloyd    Decell    Lecture    Foundation. 

All  administrators  and  faculty  members  consider  it  part  of  their  responsibility 
to  counsel  with  students  about  their  religious  life.  This  helps  the  student 
come  to  a  mature  interpretation  of  the  total  life  experience.  Religion  is  con- 
sidered a  very  necessary  factor  in  this  maturing  process. 

The  Town  and  Country  teacher  offers  courses  in  the  Religion  Depart- 
ment bearing  on  the  opportunities  and  responsibilities  of  the  parish  ministry. 
This  teacher  counsels  with  those  students  holding  churches  and  those  preparing 
to  go  into  the  active  ministry.  He  helps  them  in  setting  up  adequate  programs 
in  their  parishes.  He  is  interested  also  in  the  lay  student  who  wishes  to 
prepare  better  for  active  work  in  the  church  as  a  layman. 

Through  the  religious  groups  on  the  campus  the  students  are  encouraged 
to    participate    in    the    program    of    the    Youth    Fellowship    in    local    churches. 

110 


They    are    also    encouraged    to    attend    important    conferences,    assemblies,    and 
camps.  Students  also  help  in  Vacation  Church  Schools  in  the  summer  months. 

Millsaps  campus  has  become  a  conference  center.  Such  groups  as  the 
Christian  Vocation  Conference  and  the  Methodist  Student  Movement  meet  here 
from  time  to  time.  These  groups  bring  religious  leaders  and  young  people 
to  the  campus.  Campus  students  take  advantage  of  such  programs. 


MILLSAPS  CONVOCATION  SERIES 

Millsaps  College  recognizes  that  its  responsibility  for  liberal  education  goes 
beyond  provision  of  a  curriculum  of  academic  courses  and  credits. 

The  Millsaps  Convocation  Series  is  designed  to  offer  rich  co-curricular 
opportunities  to  Millsaps  students  and  to  the  general  public,  opportunities  for 
awareness  and  appreciation  of  the  arts,  for  understanding  of  the  work  of  the 
various  sciences,  and  for  alertness  to  the  intellectual  and  social  issues  which 
responsible  persons  must  face  intelligently. 

The  Series  consists  of  lectures,  plays,  movies,  readings,  concerts,  recitals, 
panels,  symposia,  open  forums,  and  other  programs  led  by  students,  faculty, 
and  visiting  lecturers,  performers,  or  public  figures.  AH  these  have  to  do  with 
the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the  liberation  of  the  mind  to  grasp  the  world 
of  nature  and  of  human  experience  and  action  in  all  its  richness  and  complexity, 
and  to  respond  with  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and  mature  judgment. 


ATHLETICS 

The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise  that 
athletics  exist  for  the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily  to  enhance  the 
prestige  and  publicity  of  the  college. 

It  is  believed  that  competitive  sports,  conducted  in  an  atmosphere  of 
good  sportsmanship  and  fair  play,  can  make  a  significant  contribution,  in  the 
same  way  as  other  student  activities,  to  the  complete  physical,  emotional, 
moral,  and  mental  development  of  the  well-rounded  individual  and  that  they 
are  thus  an  integral  part  of  a  program  of  liberal  education.  Toward  this 
end,  an  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  sports-for-all  program  and  to  encourage 
as  many  students  as  possible  to  participate  in  some  form  of  intramural  or 
intercollegiate  athletic  competition. 

The  policies  followed  in  the  intercollegiate  program  are  established  by  the 
Faculty  Committee  on  Athletics.  Specific  policies  are: 

A.     Intercollegiate  Athletics 

1.  The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball,  tennis,   golf, 
archery,  and  track.  There  is  no  intercollegiate  program  for  women. 

2.  The  program  is  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the  National  Col- 
legiate Athletic  Association  of  which  Millsaps  College  is  a  member. 

3.  Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to   observe 
and  maintain  the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

Ill 


4.  In  scheduling  games,  preference  is  given  to  colleges  that  conduct  an 
athletic  program  on  a  basis  similar  to  that  at  Millsaps. 

B.  Intramural  Athletics 

1.  The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  organizations 
in  basketball,  volleyball,  softball,  tennis,  track,  soccer,  and  golf.  Rules  are 
made  and  administered  by  the  Intramural  Council,  composed  of  student 
representatives  with  the  Intramural  Director  as  an  ex-officio  member. 

2.  The  program  for  women  is  administered  by  a  faculty  Director,  assisted 
by  the  Majorette  Club,  whose  student  members  head  the  teams  that 
compete  in  such  sports  as  badminton,  volleyball,  tennis,  basketball,  and 
Softball.  Election  to  this  club  provides  recognition  for  athletic  partici- 
pation. 

C.  Athletic    Facilities 

1.  The  gymnasium  provides  a  large  playing  floor  for  volleyball,  badminton, 
and  basketball.  It  has  dressing  rooms  for  all  teams,  a  room  for  visiting 
teams,  trainer's  room  complete  with  equipment  for  injuries,  a  class  room, 
and  shower  and  locker  rooms  for  students. 

2.  The  baseball  diamond,  separate  from  the  football  field,  is  also  used  as 
the  intramural  soccer  field.  There  are  also  softball  diamonds. 

3.  Five  tennis  courts  are  situated  near  the  gymnasium. 

4.  A  nine-hole  golf  course  is  available  for  use  by  all  students. 


SOCIAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

Social  events  play  an  important  part  in  student  life  at  Millsaps.  The  social 
organizations  are  founded  on  the  belief  that  man  is  a  social  being  and  enjoys 
fellowship.  They  strive  for  high  ideals  and  make  a  valuable  contribution  to 
the  college  and  the  individual  in  teaching  students  to  live  together. 

CAMPUS   ACTIVITIES 

There  are  four  fraternities  and  four  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The  fraternities 
and  sororities  are  all  members  of  well-established  national  Greek-letter  organiza- 
tions. 

The  sororities  are  Chi  Omega,  Kappa  Delta, 

Phi  Mu,  and  Zeta  Tau  Alpha. 
The    fraternities    are    Kappa    Alpha,    Kappa    Sigma,    Lambda 
Chi  Alpha,  and  Pi  Kappa  Alpha. 

Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated  through  the 
Panhellenic  Council  and  the  Interfraternity  Council  in  cooperation  with  the 
Committee   on   Social   Organizations. 

Fraternities  and  sororities  select  students  for  membership  during  a  week 
of  school  known  as  Rush  Week.  At  the  end  of  Rush  Week  these  organizations 
offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they  have  selected.  Eligibility  for  member- 
ship in  sororities  and  fraternities  is  governed  by  the  following  regulations: 

A.     General   Conditions 

1.    Only   bona   fide   regular   students    (carrying   at   least    12    academic    hours) 
may  be  pledged  to  a  sorority  or  fraternity. 

112 


2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until  his  official 
registration  for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the  Registrar's  Office. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic  eligibility  of 
its  prospective  initiates  from  the  Registrar  prior  to  the  initiation  cere- 
monies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation  time  can 
be  initiated  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  except  by  permission  of  the 
Social   Organizations   Committee. 

B.     Scholastic  Requirements 

1.  To  be  eligible  for  initiation  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  a  student  must 
have  earned  in  his  most  recent  semester  of  residence  as  many  as  twenty-four 
quality  points,  and  in  the  same  semester  as  many  as  twelve  semester 
hours  of  academic  credit,  and  must  not  have  fallen  below  D  in  more 
than  one  subject. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester  shall 
receive  an  F  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as  for  academic 
averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one  semester 
for   sorority   or   fraternity   purposes. 


HONOR  SOCIETIES 

ETA  SIGMA  PHI 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability  in  classical 
studies.  Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in  December,  1935. 

PI  KAPPA  DELTA 

The  Millsaps  chapter  of  Pi  Kappa  Delta  offers  membership  to  those  who 
have  given  distinguished  service  in  debating,  oratory,  or  extemporaneous  public 
speaking. 

CHI  DELTA 

Chi  Delta  is  a  local  honorary  literary  society  fostering  creative  writing 
among  the  women  students  at  Millsaps.  Membership  includes  women  members 
of  the  faculty   and  student  body  who   are  interested   in  writing. 

KIT  KAT 

Kit  Kat  is  a  literary  fraternity  with  a  selected  membership  of  men  students 
and  faculty  members  who  have  literary  ambition  and  ability.  Monthly  programs 
consist  of  original  papers  read  by  the  members  and  criticized  by  the  group. 

OMICRON  DELTA  KAPPA 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  men's  leadership  honor  society  with  chapters  in 
principal  colleges  and  universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings  together  members 
of  the  student  body  and  faculty  interested  in  campus  activities,  together  with 
a  limited  number  of  alumni  and  supporters  who  plan  for  the  betterment  of 
the  college.  Membership  in  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  distinct  honor. 

113 


ALPHA  EPSILON  DELTA 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity,  founded  at 
the  University  of  Alabama  in  1926.  Its  purpose  is  to  promote  the  interests 
of  pre-medical  students.  Leadership,  scholarship,  expertness,  character,  and 
personality  are  the  qualities  by  which  students  are  judged  for  membership. 
Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  strives  to  bridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical 
schools. 

ALPHA  PSI  OMEGA 

Effective  participation  in  The  Millsaps  Players  earns  membership  in  Alpha 
Psi  Omega,  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity.  This  participation  may  be 
in  acting,  directing,  make-up,  stage  management,  business  management,  costum- 
ing, lighting,  or  publicity.  Each  year  the  name  of  the  outstanding  graduating 
senior  member  of  the  organization  is  engraved  on  a  trophy,  which  is  kept  in 
the  college  trophy  case. 

SIGMA  LAMBDA 

Sigma  Lambda  is  an  honorary  women's  sorority  recognizing  leadership  and 
sponsoring  the  best  interests  of  college  life.  Sigma  Lambda  membership  is  a 
distinct  honor.  Invitation  to  the  group  is  based  upon  points  gained  through  ac- 
tive leadership  in  certain  campus  organizations  and  must  be  with  the  unanimous 
vote  of  the  regular  members. 

KAPPA  DELTA  EPSILON 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes  the  cause 
of  education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and  professional  ideals  among 
those  preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

THETA  NU  SIGMA 

With  the  purpose  of  furthering  general  interest  in  the  sciences,  Theta  Nu 
Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester  sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors 
who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill  certain  specified 
qualifications. 

PI  DELTA  PHI 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes  attainment 
and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and  literature.  Its  purpose 
is  to  honor  those  students  majoring,  or  having  earned  a  minimum  of  eighteen 
semester  hours,  in  French  who  have  also  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects. 
Honorary  members  are  chosen  from  among  the  faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople 
who  have  special  interest  in  the  activities  of  this  organization. 

PSI  DELTA  CHI 

Psi  Delta  Chi  is  a  local  honorary  recognizing  both  interest  and  ability  in 
the  social  sciences.  Although  honorary  status  is  reserved  for  students  of  demon- 
strated ability,  active  membership  is  open  to  all  interested  students. 

ETA  SIGMA 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  founded  at  Millsaps  during  the  1920's 
but  became  dormant  toward  the  end  of  World  War  II  because  of  limited  civilian 
enrollment.  Eta  Sigma  was  re-established  on  Millsaps  Campus  in  1957. 

114 


SCHILLER  GESELLSCHAFT 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to  those 
students  who  have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German  and  in  order  to 
provide  a  forum  for  the  further  study  of  all  aspects  of  German  civilization. 

GAMMA  GAMMA 

Gamma  Gamma  is  a  Greek  leadership  honorary  established  at  Millsaps 
College  in  1965.  Its  purpose  is  to  recognize  and  to  encourage  meritorious  service 
to  the  Greek  system  and  to  the  College.  Gamma  Gamma  seeks  improved  and 
more  harmonious  relations  among  the  fraternal  organizations  and  also  between  the 
fraternal  system  and  the  entire  College  community. 

CHI  CHI  CHI 

Membership  in  Chi  Chi  Chi  is  earned  through  outstanding  scholarship  in 
the  study  of  chemistry.  The  organization  promotes  the  interest  of  chemistry 
students  by  having  monthly  dinner  meetings,  by  sponsoring  numerous  visiting 
lecturers,  and  by  providing  assistance  to  the  Chemistry  Department  when  needed. 

SIGMA  DELTA  PI 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  established  at 
Millsaps  College  on  February  24,  1968.  This  honor  society  recognizes  attain- 
ment and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  Spanish  language  and  literature. 
Membership  is  open  to  students  with  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects 
who  also  possess  at  least  a  "B"  average  in  Spanish.  Membership  is  limited  to 
those  having  had  at  least  three  college  years  of  Spanish  including  a  minimum 
of  three  hours  of  literature. 

BETA  BETA  BETA 

Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  College  in  1968,  is  a  national 
honor  fraternity  for  students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes  are  to 
stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to  promote  the  dissemination  of  scientific  truth, 
and  to  encourage  investigation  in  the  life  sciences.  Monthly  meetings  are  held 
to  discuss  new  ideas,  research  and  other  material  pertinent  to  biology  and 
related  sciences.  Activities  include  off-campus  field  trips  and  the  invitation 
of  nationally  prominent  lecturers  to  the  campus. 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  ACTIVITIES 

STUDENT  ASSOCIATION 

The  Millsaps  Student  Association  is  governed  by  the  Student  Senate  and 
officers  elected  by  the  student  body.  The  president,  vice-president,  secretary, 
and  treasurer  are  elected  annually  from  the  student  body.  Members  of  the 
Student  Senate  are  chosen  by  the  groups  which  they   represent. 

Meetings  of  the  Student  Senate  are  held  weekly,  with  other  meetings  called 
when  the  student  body  president  considers  them  necessary.  All  members  of 
the  student  body  automatically  become  members  of  the  Student  Association. 

115 


The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  are  to  act  in  the  administra- 
tion of  student  affairs,  to  cooperate  with  the  administration  in  the  orientation 
program  of  the  college,  to  apportion  the  student  activities  fee,  to  maintain 
understanding  between  students  and  faculty,  and  to  work  for  the  benefit  of  the 
student  body  and  for  the  progress  of  the  College. 

THE  PURPLE  AND  WHITE 

A  working  laboratory  for  students  with  journalistic  interests  is  furnished  in 
The  Purple  and  White,  weekly  Millsaps  student  publication.  Active  staff  work 
earns  extracurricular  college  credit. 

THE  BOBASHELA 

The  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student  publication  of  Millsaps  College,  at- 
tempting to  give  a  comprehensive  view  of  campus  life.  The  1967  edition  is  the 
sixty-first  volume  of  this  Millsaps  book.  (Bobashela  is  an  Indian  name  for  "good 
friend.") 

THE  STYLUS 

Through  Stylus,  the  college  literary  magazine,  students  interested  in  crea- 
tive writing  are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in  print.  The  publication 
comes  out  twice  each  year  and  contains  the  best  poetry,  short  stories,  and  essays 
submitted  by  Millsaps   students. 

DEUTSCHER  VEREIN 

Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  in  order  to  provide  an  organization  for  the 
informal  study  of  various  aspects  of  German  and  Austrian  cultural  life.  At 
Christmas  the  annual  "Weihnachtsfest"  has  already  become  a  campus  tradition. 

THE  MILLSAPS-  CIRCLE  K  CLUB 

The  Millsaps  Circle  K  Club  is  a  service  organization  jointly  sponsored  by  the 
College  administration  and  the  Jackson  Downtown  Kiwanis  Club.  With  member- 
ship open  upon  petition  to  all  interested  and  qualified  male  students,  Circle  K  is 
active  both  on  the  campus  and  in  the  community.  Various  service  projects  are 
sponsored  to  promote  cultural,  social,  and  individual  enrichment,  as  well  as  the 
development  of  responsible  leadership. 

CONCERT  CHOIR 
(The  Millsaps  Singers) 

The  Concert  Choir  is  open  by  audition  to  all  students.  The  Singers  repre- 
sent Millsaps  in  public  performances,  campus  programs,  annual  tours  throughout 
the  state  and  to  other  states.  In  recent  years  the  choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado; 
to  Washington,  D.C.;  to  Atlanta,  to  record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour; 
and  to  Mexico.  The  choir  has  sung  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  three 
times  and  with  the  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra.  In  1969  the  choir  sang  with 
the  New  Orleans  Philharmonic  Orchestra.  Membership  earns  two  semester 
hours  of  extra-curricular  credit  for  the  year's  work. 

TROUBADOURS 

The  Troubadours  is  a  singing  group  of  14  students,  seven  male  and  seven 
female,   who  are  chosen  to   represent   the   College   locally   and  throughout  Mis- 

116 


sissippi  and  the  South.  Employing  choreography,  the  much-sought-after  group 
presents  a  variety  of  popular,  folk,  and  semi-classical  numbers  in  a  lively  and 
colorful  style.  The  group  was  selected  to  tour  military  installations  in  Germany 
and  France  in  1964.  Their  1965  schedule  included  a  featured  appearance  with  the 
Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  and  a  summer  tour  of  the  Caribbean  military 
installations  for  the  Armed  Services  and  USO.  In  1969,  the  Troubadours  went 
on  a  USO  tour  covering  Germany,  Holland,  and  Belgium. 

CHORAL  UNION 

The  Choral  Union  is  open  to  all  students  without  audition.  Two  rehearsals 
per  week  at  12  noon.  The  Choral  Union  joins  the  Concert  Choir  to  present 
two  major  works  during  the  year.  Membership  earns  1  semester  hour  extra- 
curricular credit  for  the  year. 

MILLSAPS  BLACK  STUDENTS  ASSOCIATION 

The  Millsaps  Black  Students  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate  and  im- 
prove the  social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  Black  students  at  Millsaps  College. 
It  invites  the  active  participation  of  all  Black  students  on  the  campus. 

THE  MILLSAPS  PLAYERS 

The  dramtic  club  of  the  College  is  The  Millsaps  Players,  which  presents 
four  three-act  plays  each  year.  Major  productions  of  recent  years  include 
"The  American  Dream,"  "The  Sea  Gull,"  "The  Threepenny  Opera,"  "My  Fair 
Lady,"  "Julius  Caesar,"  "The  Unsinkable  Molly  Brown,"  "Becket,"  "Androcles 
and  the  Lion,"  "The  Zoo  Story,"  "Camino  Real,"  "Macbeth,"  "Luther,"  "Oliver!" 
"Antigone,"  and  "The  Lion  in  Winter." 

Membership  in  The  Players  is  open  to  all  students,  and  effective  participa- 
tion in  the  productions  earns  one  extracurricular  hour  for  each  semester. 

DEBATING 

Since  the  year  the  College  was  founded,  debating  has  occupied  an  important 
place  in  its  activities.  Millsaps  teams  participate  in  numerous  debates  each  year, 
competing  against  outstanding  teams  from  all  sections  of  the  nation. 

Students  may  receive  either  curricular  or  extracurricular  credit  for  successful 
participation  in  debate,  oratory,  and  extemporaneous  speaking. 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 

1.  The  Founders'  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  senior  who  has  the 
highest  quality  index  for  his  entire  college  course  and  has  received  a  grade  of 
Excellent  on  his  comprehensive  examination.  Only  students  who  have  done  at 
Millsaps  College  all  the  work  required  for  the  degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

2.  The  Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  freshman,  sophomore, 
or  junior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such  student  must 
be  a  candidate  for  a  degree,  and  must  have  taken  a  minimum  of  thirty  semester 
hours  of  college  work  during  the  year  in  which  the  medal  is  awarded  to  him. 
No  student  can  win  this  medal  a  second  time. 

117 


3.  The  John  C.  Carter  Medal  for  Oratory  is  awarded  annually  to  the  stu- 
dent who  presents  the  best  original  oration  in  the  oratorical  contest.  This  con- 
test, open  to  men  and  women  students,  is  held  in  December  of  each  year. 

4.  The  Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who  presents 
the  best  and  most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course  in  Millsaps  College. 

5.  The  Buie  Medal  for  Declamation,  open  to  freshmen  and  sophomores, 
cannot  be  awarded  to  any  student  more  than  once.  The  contest  for  this  medal 
is  held  at  Commencement  each  year. 

6.  Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the  interest 
of  women  in  the  social  sciences,  presents  an  award  of  $25.00  to  the  girl  having 
the  highest  average  for  the  year  in  the  field  of  history,  political  science,  psy- 
chology, sociology,  economics,  or  other  courses  in  the  social  sciences. 

7.  The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  for  the  best  sermon  preached  by  a 
ministerial  student  of  Millsaps  College  is  presented  on  Commencement  Sunday. 
This  annual  award,  established  by  the  Galloway  family  in  honor  of  the  late 
Bishop  Galloway,  is  a  medal. 

8.  Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member  of  the 
graduating  class  who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural  sciences. 

9.  The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award,  The  Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards, 
the  Jackson  Little  Theatre  Award,  and  the  Mitchell  Award  are  given  each  year 
to  those  students  who  are  outstanding  in  dramatics. 

10.  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta, 
a  national  society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students,  awards  annually  a 
certificate  of  merit  to  the  most  outstanding  member  of  the  society  in  the  gradu- 
ating class. 

11.  General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents  an- 
nually to  the  student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  General  Chemistry 
a  handbook  of  chemistry  and  physics. 

12.  The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  was  established  in  1958 
in  honor  of  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Romance  Languages, 
who  retired  as  Chairman  of  that  department  in  1956.  This  award  is  given  to  a 
student  in  Intermediate  French  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the 
language  and  for  general  interest  and  contributions  in  the  dissemination  of 
French  culture  and  civilization.  The  award  is  intended  to  encourage  students 
on  the  intermediate  level  to  continue  their  studies  in  the  field  of  French  litera- 
ture, and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome 
volume,  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French  culture,  donated  by  the  Cultural 
Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 

13.  The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same  purpose 
and  qualifications  for  the  student  in  Intermediate  Spanish  as  the  A.  G.  Sanders 
Award  in  French  has  for  students  of  that  language.  The  award,  in  addition  to  the 
honor  conferred,  consists  of  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume 
devoted  to  some  aspect  of  Spanish  culture. 

14.  The  West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  pre- 
medical  student  selected  by  the  faculty.  This  award  is  given  anonymously  by 
an  alumnus  of  the  College  as  a  memorial  to  the  late  W.  O.  Tatum,  who  was  for 
many  years  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  College. 

118 


15.  Awards  in  German.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the  West 
German  Federal  Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  Department  of 
German  presents  appropriate  book  prizes  to  students  showing  excellence  in  the 
German  language  and  literature. 

16.  Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller -Gesellschaft  offers  an  award  an- 
nually to  the  graduating  senior  who  has  distinguished  himself  in  the  study  of 
German  at  Millsaps. 

17.  The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  organization 
for  his  or  her  outstanding  contribution  during  the  current  school  year. 

18.  The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award  in  the  Creative  Arts  is  a 
cash  award  derived  from  the  income  each  year  from  a  $3000.00  grant  given  to 
Millsaps  College  in  1963  by  the  Henry  Bellamann  Memorial  Foundation  and  is 
intended  to  recognize  the  achievements  of  the  student  doing  the  most  outstanding 
work  in  one  of  the  creative  arts  —  in  writing,  in  composing,  or  in  one  of  the 
graphic  arts. 

19.  The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall  Street 
Journal  of  New  York  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  majoring  in  the  field 
of  Economics  and  Business  Administration. 

20.  The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics  of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding  freshman  in 
the  field  of  Mathematics.  The  winner  is  chosen  on  the  basis  of  grades  in  freshman 
Mathematics  and  the  score  on  the  placement  tests  given  to  those  who  have 
the  grade  of  A  in  both  courses.  The  Junior  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually 
to  three  majors  of  junior  level  who  show  promise  in  the  field  of  mathematics. 
Each  recipient  is  given  a  year's  membership  in  the  American  Mathematical 
Society. 

21.  The  Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually 
an  outstanding  member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is  biology. 

22.  The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award  is  made  to  the  student  with  the  highest 
scholastic  average  in  second  year  Latin. 

23.  The  General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  department  presents  annually 
to  the  two  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  General  Physics  copies 
of  the  "Handbook  of  Physics  and  Chemistry." 

24.  The  Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the  most  out- 
standing senior  student  who  plans  to  enter  the  pastoral  ministry  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  and  to  enter  seminary  to  prepare  for  this  responsibility.  This 
award  was  established  by  a  donor  in  honor  of  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass, 
and  is  given  on  the  basis  of  scholastic  competence,  leadership,  and  promise  of 
future  usefulness  and  dedication. 

25.  The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Chi  Chi  Chi,  a 
chemistry  honorary,  each  year  gives  an  award  to  the  most  outstanding  graduating 
senior  in  the  field  of  chemistry. 


119 


Part  VI 


Physical  and 
Financial  Resources 


BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS 

The  campus,  covering  nearly  100  acres  in  the  center  of  a  beautiful  residential 
section  and  on  one  of  the  highest  points  in  the  city,  is  valued  at  approximately 
eight  million  dollars. 

The  administration  building,  Murrah  Hall,  was  erected  in  1914;  the  Sul- 
livan-Harrell  Science  Hall  in  1928;  and  the  Buie  Memorial  Gymnasium  in 
1936.  The  James  Observatory  provides  excellent  facilities  for  students  of 
astronomy  and  is  also  made  available  on  frequent  occasions  to  the  citizens  of 
Jackson  and  surrounding  areas.  Recent  grants  and  gifts  have  made  possible 
the  addition  of  completely  modern  equipment  for  the  science  laboratories. 

The  Christian  Center  Building  was  completed  in  1950.  It  was  made  pos- 
sible by  the  gifts  of  Mississippi  Methodists,  alumni,  and  friends  of  the  College. 
This  building  has  an  auditorium  seating  more  than  1000  persons,  a  small 
chapel,  classrooms,  and  offices.  In  1967  the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern 
theatre  stage.  Seminar  rooms  and  faculty  offices  were  added.  The  whole 
building  was   air-conditioned. 

In  1955  the  Carnegie-Millsaps  Library  was  modernized  and  enlarged  to 
three  times  its  former  size.  It  was  the  first  building  to  be  constructed  with 
the  Million-for-Millsaps  funds  and  has  been  renamed  the  Millsaps-Wilson 
Library. 

A  building  completed  in  1957,  also  financed  from  the  MUlion-for-MiUsaps 
funds,  is  the  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center.  This  building  houses  the  offices 
of  the  Dean  of  Students,  the  Dean  of  Women,  the  Dean  of  Men,  the  Director 
of  Religious  Life,  the  food  services,  the  bookstore,  the  post  office,  the  student 
activity  quarters,  and  recreation  area. 

There  are  air-conditioned  dormitories  for  both  men  and  women  students. 
A  dormitory  for  women,  Becky  Bacot  Hall,  and  one  for  men  were  opened  in 
the  fall  of  1966.  Fae  Franklin  for  women  and  Ezelle  for  men  were  opened 
in  1958.  These  buildings  are  modem  and  convenient.  Whitworth  and  Sanders 
Halls  also  house  women  students. 

The "  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hall  was  completely  renovated,  expanded, 
and  modernized  in  1963,  creating  the  Millsaps  College  Science  Center.  The 
furnishings  and  new  equipment  were  designated  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Joseph 
Bailey  Price.  A  part  of  the  funds  from  the  Seventy-fifth  Anniversary  Develop- 
ment Program  was  used  in  this  renovation. 

A  new  $2.8  million  Academic  Complex  will  be  completed  by  the  fall  of 
1970  and  start  functioning  as  a  teaching  unit.  The  three-story  building  will 
serve  a  double  purpose.  It  will  house  the  music,  art,  computer,  business  and 
library  departments  and  also  serve  as  a  car  park  for  170  vehicles. 

Included  in  the  new  structure's  facilities  are  a  recital  hall  capable  of  seating 
450  which  can  be  converted  to  a  theatre-in-the-round,  a  skylit  art  studio,  a 
listening  laboratory,  and  a  music  library. 

The  campus  contains  fields  for  football  and  baseball,  a  track,  tennis  courts, 
and  a  nine-hole  golf  course. 

FINANCIAL  RESOURCES 

The  productive  endowment,  according  to  the  latest  audit,  amounted  to 
$6,022,839.  In  addition  to  the  income  from  this  endowment,  the  college  budget 
receives  from  the  two  Methodist  Conferences   in  Mississippi   $120,000  annually. 

122 


The  statement  of  total  assets  derived  from  the  last   official   audit,  June   1969, 

is  as  follows: 

Current    Fund    $      26 1 ,450 

Endowment    Funds    6,022,839 

Loan   Funds   687,298 

Plant    Fund    7,793,080 

Total    -_ - - - $14,764,667 

W.  K.  KELLOGG  FOUNDATION 

In  1962  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  of  Battle  Creek,  Michigan,  made  a 
generous  grant  of  $10,000  for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  quality  of  the  teacher 
preparation  program  at  Millsaps  College  through  finincial  assistance  toward  the 
acquisition  of  books  and  other  library  materials.  These  funds  have  enabled  the 
College  to  assemble  a  special  collection  of  materials  which  are  housed  in  a 
separate  collection  in  the  main  library  for  use  in  conjunction  with  classes  and 
seminars  in  the  Department  of  Education.  They  are  also  available  for  general 
use  by  interested  members  of  the  student  body  and  staff.  The  Kellogg  Collection 
provides  a  unique  opportunity  for  the  use  of  elementary  and  secondary  school 
literature  and  materials  in  regular  classroom  situatiojis. 

FORD  FOUNDATION  CHALLENGE  GRANT 

One  of  the  most  significant  events  in  the  history  of  the  College  occurred 
early  in  1966  when  the  Trustees  of  the  Ford  Foundation  invited  Millsaps  College 
to  apply  for  a  Challenge  Grant.  After  an  exhaustive  investigation  a  grant  of 
$1,500,000  was  offered  to  the  College  in  June  of  that  year.  This  nationally 
recognized  grant  expresses  confidence  in  the  quality  of  academic  excellence  to 
which  Millsaps  has  been  dedicated  since  its  founding  and  in  the  current  leader- 
ship and  future  progress  of  the  College.  Such  grants  have  been  made  to  fewer 
than  75  four-year  colleges  in  the  nation  and  to  less  than  a  dozen  in  the  midsouth 
region. 

The  $1.5  million  grant  is  unrestricted  and  is  intended  for  general  support 
of  the  College.  In  order  to  receive  the  full  amount,  Millsaps  was  required  to 
raise  funds  from  other  sources  in  the  ratio  of  2V2  to  1.  The  "Toward  a  Destiny 
of  Excellence"  program  was  launched  for  this  purpose  in  1967.  This  program, 
the  largest  capital  funds  campaign  ever  undertaken  by  a  private  Mississippi 
institution,  was  successfully  completed  on  June  30,  1969,  with  over  $5,500,000 
secured  from  all  sources. 

THE  MILLSAPS-WILSON  LIBRARY 

The  Library  of  Millsaps  College  currently  contains  over  80,000  volumes 
and  approximately  700  periodical  subscriptions.  By  the  Fall  of  1970  these  hold- 
ings will  be  housed  in  a  facility  which  will  allow  a  doubling  of  the  book 
collection  and  seating  accommodations.  This  facility  will  provide  additional  space 
for  individual  study  carrels  and  rooms,  browsing  and  lounge  areas,  and  audio- 
visual materials. 

The  library  was  begun  in  1905  on  a  grant  of  Andrew  Carnegie  and  an 
endowment  of  Major  Millsaps.  In  1925  the  Carnegie  Corporation  provided  the 
funds  for  a  new  building  which  was  redecorated  in  1944. 

The  present  enlarged  and  remodeled  building  was  dedicated  in  September 
of  1955,  a  result  of  the  Million  for  Millsaps  Campaign  and  the  generosity  of 
the  H.  J.  Wilson  family. 

123 


Special  collections  in  the  library  include  the  Lehman  Engel  Collection  of 
books,  manuscripts,  recordings,  art  objects  and  correspondence  relating  to  the 
theatre  and  the  arts;  and  the  Mississippi  Methodist  Archives,  administered  by 
Dr.  J.  B.  Cain. 

The  library  hours  are  as  follows:  Monday  through  Thursday,  8:00  a.m.  to 
10:00  p.m.;  Friday,  8:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.;  Saturday,  9:00  to  5:00  p.m.; 
Sunday,  2:00  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m.  The  library  is  closed  during  Thanksgiving, 
Christmas,  and  Spring  holidays. 


124 


Part  VII 


Register 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

OFFICERS 

James  B.  Campbell  Chairman 

E.  J.  Pendergrass  Vice  Chairman 

Joe  T.   Humphries  Secretary 

W.   M.   Buie  Treasurer 

REGULAR  TRUSTEES 

Term  Expires  in  1971 

Norman   U.   Boone   Jackson 

Joe  T.  Humphries  Greenwood 

J.  Willard  Leggett,  Jr.  Jackson 

James   T.    McCafferty   Leland 

Jesse   E .    Brent   ...Greenville 

Hyman  F.  McCarty  Magee 

C.   R.   Ridgway  Jackson 

Mike   P.   Sturdivant   _ Glendora 

Term  Expires  in  1974 

Blanton  Doggett  Greenville 

G.  H.  Holloman  ....Tupelo 

G.  Eliot  Jones  Laurel 

J.  D.  Slay Poplarville 

E.  H.  Bacot Pascagoula 

John   Egger   Meridian 

C.   M.   Murry   Oxford 

Jack  Reed Tupelo 

SPECIAL  TRUSTEES 

Term  Expires  in  1972 

Mrs.   Lula  Anderson  Gulfport 

W.   F.  Appleby  Corinth 

J.  Oliver  Emmerich  McComb 

Robert  L.  Ezelle  Jackson 

Alan  R.  Holmes  South  Orange,  N.  J. 

Robert  O.   May  Greenville 

John  M.   Tatum  Hattiesburg 

Term  Expires  in  1975 

Fred  Adams,   Jr.   Jackson 

G.   C.  Cortright  Rolling  Fork 

Morris  Lewis,  Jr.  Indianola 

David  A.   Mcintosh Meridian 

W.   H.   Mounger  Jackson 

N.    S.    Rogers    Houston,    Tex. 

Tom   B.   Scott,   Jr.   Jackson 

TRUSTEES  EMERITUS 

Roy    Boggan    Tupelo 

Fred  B.  Smith  Ripley 

Ben  M.   Stevens,   Sr.   Richton 

126 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

1969-70 

Academic  Committee  Jack  Reed,  Chairman;  N.  U.  Boone,  Blanton  Doggett, 
John  Egger,  Ohver  Emmerich,  David  Mcintosh,  Benjamin  B.  Graves. 

Audit  Committee:  Jesse  E.  Brent,  Chairman;  Blanton  Doggett,  J.  D.  Slay, 
Benjamin  B.  Graves. 

Buildings  and  Grounds  Committee:  C.  R.  Ridgway,  Chairman;  Mrs.  Lula 
Anderson,  E.   H.  Bacot,  G.   Eliot  Jones,  Robert  May,  Benjamin  B.    Graves. 

Executive  Committee:  J.  B.  Campbell,  Chairman;  Jesse  E.  Brent,  W.  M.  Buie, 
John  Egger,  Garland  Holloman,  W.  H.  Mounger,  E.  J.  Pendergrass,  Jack 
Reed,  N.  S.  Rogers,  Benjamin  B.  Graves. 

External  Affairs  Committee:  Garland  Holloman,  Chairman;  Jesse  E.  Brent, 
James  T.  McCafferty,  J.  D.  Slay,  John  M.  Tatum,  Benjamin  B.  Graves. 

Finance  Committee:  W.  H.  Mounger,  Chairman;  Fred  Adams,  W.  M.  Buie,  J.  B. 
Campbell,  Alan  Holmes,  J.  W.  Leggett,  Jr.,  Morris  Lewis,  Jr.,  Hyman  F.  Mc- 
Carty,  E.  J.  Pendergrass,  N.  S.  Rogers,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Mike  P.  Sturdivant, 
Benjamin  B.  Graves. 

Long  Range  Development  Committee:  W.  Merle  Mann,  Chairman;  Joe  N.  Bailey, 
Jr.,  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  Mrs.  Crawford  Enochs,  W.  F.  Goodman,  Jr.,  Robert 
M.  Hearin,  J.  Herman  Hines,  Joe  T.  Himiphries,  J.  W.  Leggett,  Jr.,  Hyman 
F.  McCarty,  C.  M.  Murry,  C.  R.  Ridgway,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Ben  M. 
Stevens,   Sr.,   Mike  P.   Sturdivant,   Thomas  R.   Ward,   Benjamin   B.   Graves. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  C.  M.  Murry,  Chairman;  W.  F.  Appleby,  G.  Cauley 
Cortright,  R.  L.  Ezelle,  Joe  T.  Humphries,  Benjamin  B.  Graves. 


127 


OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

BENJAMIN  BARNES  GRAVES'  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D. 

President 

HAROLD  S.  JACOBY  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Dean  of  the  Faculty  and  Dean  of  the  Summer  School 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN  A.B.,  A.M. 

Associate  Dean,  Registrar,  and  Director  of  Admissions 

JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS  B.S.,  A.M. 

Dean  of  Students 

JAMES  W.  WOOD  A.B.,  B.S. 

Business  Manager 

JAMES  BARRY  BRINDLEY  „ A.B. 

Director  of  Development  and  Public  Relations 

ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

HOWARD  L.   CORDER  ..-. ._.. B.S.,   M.Ed. 

Dean  of  Men  and  Basketball  Coach 

SAMUEL  G.   COLE A.B. 

Associate  Director  of  Admissions 

J.  WALTON  LIPSCOMB,  III  .B.A. 

Comptroller 

JAMES  J.  LIVESAY  A.B. 

Associate  Director  of  Development  for  Alumni  and  Church  Relations 

JOHN  H.  MORROW,  III A.B.,  M.B.A. 

Assistant  to  the  President 

LUTHER   PAUL   NEWSOM    B.S. 

Admissions  Counselor 

GLENN  P.   PATE   A.B. 

Dean  of  Women 

ROBERT  G.  SHUTTLEWORTH B.M. 

Photographer 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD  A.B.,  B.D. 

Director  of  Religious  Life  and  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

DAVID  W.  BOYDSTUN  

Director  of  Data  Processing  Office 

'Resigned  March  15,  1970. 


128 


THE  COLLEGE  FACULTY 

EMERITUS  FACULTY 
ELIZABETH  CRAIG   (1926)    Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,    Barnard    College,    Columbia    University;  ^A.M.,    Columbia    University; 

Diplome  de  la   Sorbonne,   Ecole  de   preparatiori   des  professeurs   de   francais 

a   I'etranger,   Faculte   des   Lettres,   Universite   de   Paris;    Advanced   Graduate 

Work,  Columbia  University;  Palmes  Academiques 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN  (1935)    .   Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

ALBERT  GODFREY  SANDERS   (1919)    Librarian  Emeritus 

A.B.,  Southwestern  (Texas);  A.B.,  Yale  University;  Rhodes  Scholar, 
1907-1910;  A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Oxford;  L.H.D.,  Millsaps  College 

THURSTON  WALLS   ( 1957 )    Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

FACULTY 

( The  year  in  parentheses  after  each  name  indicates  the 
first  year  of  service  at  Millsaps  College) 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS   (1965)    Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  Texas  Western  College;  LL.B.,  University  of  Texas 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

RICHARD  M.  ALDERSON  ( 1962)   Associate  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.E.,  East  Texas  State  College;  Mus.D.,  Northwestern  University 

ROBERT  E.  ANDING  (1952)    Associate  Professor  of  Religion 

Director  of  Town  and  Country  Work 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Emory  University;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Mississippi  State  University 

McCARRELL  L.  AYERS  (1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S..  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  ( 1966)    Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BA VENDER  ( 1966)    Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 

B.A.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Post  Graduate 
Work,  University  of  Texas,  University  of  Massachusetts 

RONDAL  EDWARD  BELL  (1960)   Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  William  Jewell  College;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  Advanced 

Graduate  Work,  University  of  New  Mexico,  University  of  Colorado, 

University  of  Mississippi 

ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK  (1953)    .  .  . Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.   (1962)    Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.   (1967)    Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL  (1963)    Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

129 


FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN   (1966)    .  .  .   Instructor,  Assistant  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD  ( 1959 )    Milton  Christian  White  Professor 

of  English  Literature 

A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN   (1960)    Associate  Professor  of 

Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

Tulane  University;  Diploma  de  Estudios  Hispanicos 

de  la  Universidad  de  Madrid 

C.  LELAND  BYLER  ( 1959 )    Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College;  M.M.,  Northwestern  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Michigan,  University  of  Colorado 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN  ( 1960)    Professor  of  Chemistnj 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

SHIRLEY  PARKER  CALLEN  (1966)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

MICKEY  KENNETH  CLAMPIT  ( 1969 )    Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Northwestern  University;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER  (1967)   Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

Uppsala  University  (Sweden),  University  of  Hawaii;  M.S.T.,  Illinois 

Institute  of  Technology 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET  ( 1927)   Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Graduate  Work, 

American  Academy  in  Rome,  University  of  Chicago;  B.M.,  Belhaven  College; 

Graduate  Work  in  Voice,  Bordeaux,  France;  A.M.  (German),  University  of 

Mississippi;  Advanced  Study,  Goethe  Institut,  Germany 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS  (1964)   Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Head  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Mississippi  State  University 

MARY  JAMES  DEAN  ( 1967)    Instructor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.A.,  Drew  University 

"MARY  ANN  EDGE   (1958)    Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL  (1967)    Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

DONALD  ERNEST  FAULKNER  (1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Rochester 

JAMES  WARD  FITE  ( 1968 )    Laboratory  Instructor  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  Graduate  Study,  Mississippi  State  University 

GENIA  MOREHEAD  FOGELSON  (1969)    .  .   Instructor  in  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.A.,  Advanced 
Graduate  Work,  New  York  University 

CHARLES  BETTS  GALLOWAY  (1939)    Associate  Professor  of  Phijsics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Duke  University 

RONALD  A.  GOODBREAD    Instructor  of  History 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro 
"On  leave,  Fall   1969 
130 


LANCE  GOSS  ( 1950)    Associate  Professor  of  Speech; 

Director  of  The  Millsaps  Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Northwestern  University; 

Special  Study,  The  Manhattan  Theatre  Colony;  Summer  Theatre,  The  Ogunquit 

Playhouse  and  the  Belfry  Theatre;  Cinema  Workshop, 

The  University  of  Southern  California 

BENJAMIN  BARNES  GRAVES   (1964)    Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

JOHN  L.  GUEST  (1957)    Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

New  York  University;  Ottendorfer  Fellowship  in  Germanic  Philology, 

Bonn  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  University  of  Vienna 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN  (1946)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Southern  California 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI   ( 1952 )    Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

DANIEL  G.  HISE  ( 1969)    Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Tulane  University 

NANGY  BROGAN  HOLLOWAY  ( 1942 )    Instructor  of  Secretarial  Studies 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women 

ORVEL  E.  HOOKER  (1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Speech; 

Director  of  Forensics 

B.A.,  Ouachita  University;  S.T.B.,  S.T.M.,  Temple  University 

HAROLD  S.  JAGOBY  (1968)    Visiting  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  College  of  the  Pacific;  A.M.,  Northwestern  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON   (1954)    Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College;  Graduate  Work,  Missouri  School  of 
Mines,  University  of  Missouri 

DONALD  D.  KILMER  (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
University  of  Kansas,  University  of  Illinois 

SAMUEL  ROSGOE  KNOX  ( 1949)    Benjamin  Ernest  MitcheU 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.  ( 1953)    Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

"RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY  (1956)    Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami  (Florida);  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III  (1959)    Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

WILLIAM  R.  LUEGK  ( 1969)    Visiting  Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  M.S.,  University  of  North  Dakota;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE  ( 1963 )    Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN  (1962)    Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADORS  (1960)   Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 
"On  leave,  1969-70 

131 


LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS  ( 1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS  ( 1967 )    Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Missouri, 
University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY  ( 1959 )    Professor  and  Director  of 

Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers;  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  ( 1968 ) .   Instructor,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

"ROBERT  EDGAR  MOORE  ( 1960)   Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Alabama; 
Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE   (1923)    Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD  (1947)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

JOHN  H.  MORROW,  III  ( 1968)    Instructor  of  Accounting 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS  (1967)   Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri;  Advanced 
Graduate  Work,  University  of  Missouri 

SAMUEL  JOHN  NICHOLAS,  JR.  (1963)    Assistant  Professor  of 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  LL.B.,  Jackson  School  of  Law 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT  (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Vanderbilt  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  Universite  de  Clermont-Ferrand 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.   ( 1969 )    Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

CARL  O.  PENNY  ( 1969)   Instructor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Advanced 
Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina 

"JAMES  C.  PERRY  ( 1964)    Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  A.M.,  St.  Louis  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI  (1965)   Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

RICHARD  R.  PRIDDY  ( 1946)    Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Ohio  Northern  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER  (1964)    Instructor  of  Physical  Education; 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University 

LEE  H.  REIFF  ( 1960)    Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

REBECCA  McCORMICK  RICE  ( 1965 )   .  .  Assistant  Professor,  Assistant  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

•On  leave.  Fall  1969-70 
132 


PATRICIA  ALINE  RICHARDSON  (1966)  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Alabama;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University-; 
Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Mississippi  State  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE  (1952)    Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  ColleKe; 
Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College,  University  of  Tennessee 

WILLIAM  D.  ROWELL  ( 1968)    Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Memphis  Academy  of  Arts;  M.F.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS   (1968)    Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

HILLIARD  SAUNDERS,  JR.  (1967)    Instructor  of  French 

B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Diplome  de  Cours  de  Civilization 
Francaise  a  la  Sorbonne,  Paris;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.  ( 1969)   Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

GEORCE  ROYSTER  STEPHENSON    (1963)    Associate  Professor  of 

Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D..  University  of  the  South;  LL.D.,  Mississippi  College 

JONATHAN  SWEAT  ( 1958)    Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

JAMES  K.  VAN  HOUTEN  ( 1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  German 

B.A.,  Hunter  College;  Eberhard-Karls-Universitat,  Tubingen;  Freie  Universitat, 
Berlin;  Universitat  Hamburg;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Cornell  University 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR   (1967)  Visiting  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS  ( 1968)  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  C.P.A. 

PART-TIME  FACULTY 
JAMES  ROBERT  BAUGH  ( 1969)   Psychology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  North  Texas  State  College;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

LOUISE  ESCUE  BYLER   ( 1956)    Music 

B.M.,  Belhaven  College;  M.M.Ed.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Study, 
Northwestern  University,  University  of  Colorado 

ROBERT  DODOO,  JR.  ( 1970)    Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology 

B.A.,  University  of  Ghana;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

ARTHUR  H.  DOHLSTROM   ( 1969)    Education 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

DOUGLAS  O.  DRAPER  ( 1968)    Psychology 

B.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

ALVIN  JON  KING  ( 1934 )    Retired  Director  of  Millsaps  Singers 

Oberlin  Conservator^'  of  Music;  Northwestern  School  of  Music,  Christiansen  Choral  School; 

Private  Study  with  W.S.B.  Matthews,  Fannie  Zeisler,  and 

Power  Symonds;  HH.D.,  Millsaps  College 

JESSE  C.  LEWIS  ( 1969)    Computer  Programming 

B.S.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.A.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

SUE  T.   LUCAS    ( 1965 )    History 

B.A.,  Belhaven  College;  M.A.,  Mississippi  College 

WAYNE  E.   MOORE    ( 1969)    Geology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

DUDLEY  F.  PEELER,  JR.  ( 1964)    Psychology 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Vanderhilt  University 

133 


MARY  PHILLIPS  ROBINSON   ( 1967 )    Mathematics 

B.S.,  George  Peabody  College 

ALEXIS  CONSTANCE  SMITH   ( 1969 )    Lecturer  in  Anthropology 

A.B.,  Hunter  College;  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  B.L.,  Somerville  College  of  the 
University  of  Oxford,  England 

NANCY  BOYD  SULLIVAN   ( 1968)    Speech  and  Theatre 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

KARL  WOLFE    (1946)    Art 

B.F.A.,  Chicago  Art  Institute,  William  M.R.  French  Fellowship;  Study  Abroad  for  one  year; 
Study  and  teaching,  Pennsylvania  School  of  Art  Summer  School 

LIBRARY  STAFF 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.   ( 1969 )    Librarian 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN  ( 1966)    Assistant  Librarian 

REBECCA  McCORMICK  RICE   ( 1965)    Assistant  Librarian 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE    ( 1968)    Order  Librarian 

DOROTHY  SANDERS   ( 1962)    Catalog  Assistant 

JOYCELYN  V.  TROTTER  ( 1963 )    Serials  Assistant 

MRS.  PAM  CULLEM    Secretary  to  the  Librarian 


STAFF  PERSONNEL 

MRS.  ERLENE  ANTHONY   ( 1960)    Manager,  Bookstore 

MRS.  CORNELIA  BECKETT   (1960)    Administrative  Assistant  to  the 

Dean  of  the  Faculty 

SARA  L.  BROOKS   ( 1955 )    Assistant  Registrar 

VICKI  BUCKLES   (1966)    ..Director  of  Printing  Department 

MRS.  JOAN  BURKHALTER  ( 1969)    Assistant,  Registrars  Office 

MRS.  BILLIE  BURT   (1969)    Secretary  Purchasing  Agent 

HARVEY  CARR   ( 1966 )    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.  MACGIE  CATHEY  (1956)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  GRACE  COPELAND  (1968)    Housemother,  New  Men's  Dorm 

MRS.  HELEN  DANIEL   ( 1952)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  MARY  ANN  DAVIDSON  (1965)   Assistant,  Business  Office 

MRS.  PHYLLIS  DAY  ( 1967)   Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Director  of 

Development  and  Public  Relations 

MRS.  DORIS  DENSON  (1967)    Secretary  to  the  President 

DONNA  DREW   ( 1969 )    Clerical  Assistant,  Development  Department 

MRS.  JOHN  FENNELL   ( 1967 )    College  Nurse 

MRS.  MARY  FITTS  ( 1960)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  MARY  FISACKERLY  (1969)    .  .  .   Housemother,  Whitworth-Sanders  Hall 

MRS.  KATHRYN  FLEMING  (1969)    Housemother,  Ezelle  Hall 

MRS.  MARTHA  GALTNEY  (1955)    Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Students 

CARROLL  D.  GIBSON  ( 1962 )    Maintenance  Foreman 

JOHNNY  E.  HAIRSTON  (1968)    Manager,  Food  Services 

134 


MRS.  CAROLYN  JOHNSON   (1969)    Secretary,  Director  of  Admissions 

REX  ROY  LATHAM   ( 1956)    Maintenance  Engineer 

MRS.  WARRENE  LEE  ( 1955)    Business  Officer  Assistant 

MRS.  RAY  LOLCAMA  ( 1969 )    Secretary  to  the  Business  Manager 

MRS.  SARAH  H.  LONG  ( 1969 )    Recorder  of  Gifts,  Development  Dept. 

MRS.  LUCY  MAHONEY  ( 1962)    Assistant,  Bookstore 

MRS.  SALLIE  MASSEY   ( 1940)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  VIRGINIA  McCOY   ( 1966)    Switchboard  Operator 

MRS.  DOROTHY  McNAIR  ( 1964)    Retired  Housemother 

KEITH  McNEESE,  SR.   ( 1966)    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.  DOROTHY  NETTLES   ( 1947 )    Cashier 

MRS.  MARY  ELLEN  ODOM   (1966)    Secretary,  Development  Dept.  and 

News  Bureau  Assistant 

MRS.  JOSEPH  B.  PRICE   ( 1964)    Housemother,  Bacot  Hall 

MRS.  MYRLENE  PROPST  ( 1968)    Assistant,  Registrar's  Office 

MRS.  MARY  PURVIS   ( 1969 )    Key  Punch  Operator 

MRS.  ELIZABETH  RANAGER  (1969)      .  .    Secretary,  Natural  Science  Division 

MRS.  LINDA  B.  RAY   (1966)    Receptionist  &  Clerical  Assistant 

Development  Dept.  (Alumni) 

MRS.  SUNNY  B.  READY  ( 1969)    Secretary,  Admissions  Office 

MRS.  KATE  ROBERTSON  ( 1955)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  JANE  ROSSON  ( 1969)    Assistant,  Dean  of  Student's  Office 

MRS.  JESSIE  SMITH   ( 1939 )    Dietitian 

MRS.  WENSIL  L.  SMITH  ( 1962)   Assistant,  Data  Processing 

MRS.  JULIANNE  SUMMERFORD   (1969)    Secretary,  Humanities  Division 

MRS.  DIANE  STRINGER  ( 1969)    Assistant  Bookkeeper 

MRS.  DEBORAH  TALKINGTON  (1969)    Clerical  Assistant, 

Development  Dept. 

MRS.  LENA  TOHILL  ( 1962)    Housemother,  Franklin  Hall 

MRS.  MITTIE  C.  WELTY  ( 1959 )    Post  Office  Clerk 

ERNEST  M.  WORTHY  ( 1959 )    Watchman 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION,  1969-70 

President  Foster  E.  Collins,  Jackson 

Vice  President  William  G.  Kimbrell,  Greenville 

Vice  President  Dr.   John  McEachin,   Meridian 

Vice  President  -_ E.  B.  Strain,  Jackson 

Secretary  ..__ Mrs.  William  L.   Crouch,  Jackson 

Annual  Fund  Chairman  Craig  Castle,  Jackson 

Past  President  H.  V.  Allen,  Jr.,  Jackson 

Past  President  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Countiss,  New  Orleans 

Past  President  Dr.  Raymond  S.  Martin,  Jr.,  Jackson 

135 


MILLSAPS  ASSOCIATES  OFFICERS  1969-70 

Chairman:     Thomas  R.  Ward,  Meridian 

Vice  Chairmen:     Brevik  Schimmel,  RoUing  Fork 
Dewey  Sanderson,  Jr.,  Laurel 

Secretary:      Dr.  W.  C.   McQuinn,  Jackson 

Area  Vice  Chairmen: 

Northeast:  Chauncey  R.  Godwin,  Tupelo 
North   Central:   Kirk  Egger,   Columbus 
Southeast:  Dr.  Frederick  E.  Tatum,  Hattiesburg 
Southwest:  J.  M.  Sessions,  Woodville 

'Directors:       L.  C.  Latham,  Vicksburg 
Justin  L.  Cox,  Jackson 
Charlton  S.  Roby,  Jackson 
Partee  Denton,  Marks 
Dr.  W.  T.  Oakes,  Amory 
Houston  Case,  Brookhaven 


ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 

FaU  Semester,   1969 

Men  Women        Total        Men     Women    Total 

Freshmen   143  143            286 

Sophomore     113  114             227 

Junior     125  81             206 

Senior     93  93            186 

Unclassified    28  46              74 

~  ~                            502          477          979 
Spring  Semester   1970 

Freshmen   141  140            281 

Sophomore  108  98            206 

Junior  117  76            193 

Senior     81  65            146 

Unclassified   26  44              70 

473  423  896 

Total  Registration,  Regular  Session  975  900          1875 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in  Attendance 

Regular    Session    533          505        1038 

Summer  School  1969  616  445          1061 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in  Attendance 

Summer  School   371           292           663 

Total  Number  of  Registration  1591  1345          2936 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in  Attendance  ..  904           797        1701 


SEVENTY-SEVENTH  COMMENCEMENT 

Friday,  May  30,  1969 

10:00  A.M.  Meeting  of  Board  of  Trustees  Millsaps-Wilson  Library 

Saturday,  May  31,   1969 

10:00  A.M.  Meeting  of  Senior  Class  - Christian  Center  Auditorium 

Sunday,  June  1,  1969 

8:30  A.M.  The  President's  Breakfast  for  Seniors  and  their  Parents 

10:55  A.M.  Baccalaureate  Service  Galloway  Mem.  United  Methodist  Church 

5:30  P.M.  Graduation  Exercises  Student  Center  Plaza 

136 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  AWARDED 

The  Founder's  Medal  Mary  Drane  Swanson 

The  Bourgeois  Medal  George  Harold  Fleming,  Martha  Louise  Lewis, 

William  Hunt  Smith,   Jr. 

The  Tribbett   Scholarship   Victor   Ewart   Lindsey 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  Vicki  Lynn  Newcomb 

The  Chi  Omega  Medal  Patricia  Jane  Bush 

The  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French  Claudia  Dell  Carithers 

Mark  Alan  Bebensee 

The  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  Kenneth  Irvin  Cronin 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards — Greek   Kathryn   Lynn   Grabau 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards — Latin  Ruth  Anne  Murphy 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award  — - _ Paul  Gee 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award  Wayne  Morris  Babin 

The  West  Tatum  Award  _ __ -Paul  Gee 

Chi  Chi  Chi  Award  _.... ._ Paul  Gee 

General  Chemistry  Awards  Linda  Sharon  Dorsey 

William  Henry  Woodall 

The  Biology  Award  Wayne  Morris  Babin 

The  General  Physics  Awards James  Thomas  Smith,  Jr. 

Patti  Beth  Warren 

Freshman  Mathematics  Award  Martha  Louise  Lewis 

Junior  Mathematics  Award  — - — - Linda  Sharon  Dorsey 

Michael  Dean  Johnson 
James  Thomas  Smith 

Wall  Street  Journal  Award  ......Sandra  Jeannette  Tucker 

Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  Donald  Lee  Bishop 

The  Pendergrass  Medal  Donald  Lee  Bishop 

Beginning  German  Award  Linda  Sharon  Dorsey 

Intermediate  German  Award  Michael  Dean  Johnson 

Advanced  German  Award  ...- Ann  Alford  Martin 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award  James  E.  McGahey 

Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards  .....Margaret  Lee  Atkinson 

Clifton  DeWitt  Dowell 
Millsaps  Players  Junior  Acting  Awards  .- ......Harriett  Claire  Crofford 

Raymond  Henry  Wolter 

Millsaps  Players  Backstage  Award  Robbie  Lenoir  Lloyd 

Millsaps  Players  Freshman  Award  Ann  Latham 

Millsaps  Players  Workshop  Awards  Margaret  Elizabeth  Lutz 

Clifton  DeWitt  Dowell 

Mitchell  Award  Clifton  DeWitt  Dowell 

Jackson  Little  Theatre  Award  Bruce  Lynn  Partin 

The  MUlsaps  Players  Cameo  Award  William  Riley  Hudson 

Department  Award  for  Outstanding  Economics  Major  .... 

Thomas  Jefferson  Pritchard,  Jr. 

Department  Award  for  Outstanding  Accounting  Major  ....Clifton  Glenwood  Lamb 
Department  Award   for   Outstanding  Business   Administration   Major 

David  Lloyd  Martin 

137 


DEGREES  CONFERRED,  1969 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Alexander,    Joel   Douglas   Vicksburg 

Allen,   Virginia   Lee   Jackson 

Allison,   Jones   Ephraim,   Jr.   Grenada 

Amacker,  Thad  Morris,  Jr.  Jackson 

Anderson,  James  Edward  Bolton 

Armstrong,  Helen  Jacqueline 

Sommerville,   Tenn. 

° "Atkinson,  Margaret  Lee  Jackson 

Bailey,    Leon   McClung,   Jr.    Bailey 

Baker,    Jane    Elizabeth    Indianola 

Baroni,  Mary  Jane  Natchez 

Bass,  Glenn  Arthur  Walnut,  111. 

Beam,   Thomas    Michael  Tremont 

Benoist,   Anna  Mary  Jackson 

Bettcher,   Mary   Belinda  __.. Little  Rock,   Ark. 

Bishop,    Donald   Lee   Blue   Mountain 

Bond,    Jon    Carroll    Jackson 

"Bosvvell,   Linda   Lou  Jackson 

Bowman,   Linda   Sue   Sebring,   Fla. 

Bradshaw,   Muriel   Kay   _ Gulfport 

Bush,    Carl   Jennings   Tupelo 

°°Bush,  Patricia  Jane  Jackson 

Cabell,   Thimias    Hargrave  Jackson 

Cajoleas,    Irene    James    Jackson 

"Champagne,  Anthony  Martin 

Houston,   Tex. 

Clark,  Alice  Moore  Canton 

"Clark,   Charles  Kenneth  Raymond 

Clark,   Larry   Edmond   Taylorsville 

Clark,  Lynn  Blanton  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Cole,    Emily    Grace    .  Macon 

Coleman,   Richard  Ray  Carpenter 

Collins,  Robert  Keith  Aztec,  N.  M. 

Converse,   Minna   Cheryl  Barrett  Jackson 

Cox,    Judith   Ann   Laurel 

Culver,  Penelope  Mahle  Jackson 

Davidson,  David  Eugene,  Jr.  Whitfield 

Dowell,    Clifton    DeWitt    Gulfport 

"Drane,    Michael    Benoit    Jackson 

Duncan,    Carolyn    Wiggers    Indianola 

Duncan,  Ronald  Vernon  Raceland,   Ky. 

Dunehoo,  John  Robert  Jackson 

Farrington,    Wilbur   Stephen   -Jackson 

Ferrell,  Wayne  Edward,  Jr.  Pascagoula 

Flood,   Donald  Leroy  Jackson 

Garrett,    Adrienne    Doss    Florence,   Ala. 

""Godbold,  James  Homer,  Jr.  ___.Brookhaven 

Grabau,  Kathryn  Lynn  Vicksburg 

Grubbs,   Carl  Wayne  New  Albany 

Guice,   Daniel   Evans    Jackson 

Gimn,   Martha  Lucy  Elhsville 

Hallfer<i,   Ahce   Wofford  _.; Drew 

Harper,    Gerald    Hannon    Laurel 

Hathaway,  Kenneth  Michael  Natchez 

Hayes,  Judith  Louise  Jackson 

Heiskell,    Sarah   Jeanne   Atlanta,    Ga. 

Hines,  Linda    Jackson 

Hopper,    Vanda    Cheryl   McComb 

Horton,  Eugene  Lafayette  ..Memphis,  Tenn. 

James,  Bryan  Leonard  Jackson 

Kemp,    Felicia    Jean    Mikosz    Jackson 

Kemp,   Robert  Rudolph,   Jr.   Pascagoula 

Lamar,  Edward  Duncan  Pensacola,  Fla. 

Lamb,    Clifton   Glenwood,   Jr.   Jackson 

Lampard,    Donald    Earl    Cleveland 

"Lax,  Phyllis  Paulette  Biloxi 

Lax,  William  Edward,  Jr.  Madison 

Levenson,  Anne  Page  Mosby  Canton 

Levenson,   Michael  Richard  Jackson 

"Lloyd,   Robbie    Lenoir   Jackson 

Lutz,    Margaret    Elizabeth    Canton 

McCartney,   Mary  Lay  Kossuth 

McCay,    James    Agnew   Gulfport 


McCullough,   Douglas   Bernard   Collins 

McGahey,   James   Earl   Calhoun    City 

McHorse,   Susan  Gail Jackson 

Marble,   Billie   Oliver  Jackson 

Marett,   Esther  Florence   Batesville 

"Martin,    Ann   Alford  Vicksburg 

Martin,   David   Lloyd   Columbus 

Martin,    Harriet   Diane   Gulfport 

Mayo,  Robert  Murrah,  Jr.  Raymond 

"Miller,  Amy  Katherine  Jackson 

Mills,  Mary  Lain  Selma,  Ala. 

Minkler,  Frederick  Charles,  III  ....Pascagoula 

Minor,   Martha  Ann  Jackson 

Moak,  Susan  Richton 

Moore,   Michael   Clyde  Jackson 

Moore,  Shirley  Lee Walnut  Grove 

Murphree,    Patricia    Aberdeen 

Netterville,   Rush  Edward,  Jr Jackson 

Nobles,  James  Alexander  Meridian 

North,  Steven  Forrest  Jackson 

Oakley,    Charlotte   Ann   Booneville 

Orr,  William  Walton  Jackson 

Ouma,  Henry  Luke  Kenya,  East  Africa 

Page,  Diana  Stokes  Gulfport 

Parson,    Kathryn    Susan   . Jackson 

"Perrett,   Carroll   Ann   .Indianola 

Posey,   Stennett  Dee  Laurel 

Powers,   David  Gary  Gary 

Pritchard,  Thomas  Jefferson,  Jr.   Jackson 

Pyle,    Deborah    Davis    Birmingham,    Ala. 

Ratcliffe,   David  McLain   Laurel 

Redmond,    Linda    Yvonne    Jackson 

Rice,  Janet  Craig     Jackson,  Tenn. 

Ricketson,   Greer  Homer  ....Nashville,   Tenn. 

Roberts,  William  Haver  Jackson 

Robertson,   Jerry  Wayne  Eupora 

Russell,    Anna    K.   Walker   Jackson 

Russell,  Judith  Ann    Jackson 

Sanderson,   Joe  Franklin,   Jr.  Laurel 

Schutt,  Linda  Gayle  Knight  ..Covington,  La. 

Shannon.   Laddie   Mae   Meridian 

Shuttleworth,    Robert   Glenn    Pelahatchie 

Smith,  Dorothy  Trotter  Witty  Jackson 

'Smith,   Margaret  Mary  Long   Beach 

Snipes,   Evelyn  Louise   Memphis,  Tenn. 

"Sorensen,  Nancy  Carol  Jackson 

Spinks,   James   David DeKalb 

"Stanley,   Helen   Lehmann  Fayette 

Stauffer,    Kathleen    Georgette    Morton 

Stewart,  Thomas   Gary  Jackson 

Street,    Brenda    Kay   Ripley 

""Summerford,  Julianne  Hughes  Jackson 

""'Swanson,  Mary   Drane  Jackson 

Swenson,   Mary  Ann   McDonald   Jackson 

Thompson,  Cheryl  Jean  Laurel 

"Thompson,  Fred  Edgar,  Jr.  Wesson 

Tohill,    Jim    Bamette    Vicksburg 

Tohill,  Margaret  Quincy Vicksburg 

"Tucker,    Sandra   Jeannette   Jackson 

Vanexan,   Margaret   Gayle  Long   Beach 

"VanLierop,   Susanne   Hicks    Shelby 

Wade,  Katherine  Drake  St.  Joseph,  La. 

Wallace,   Michael   Edwin   Pascagoula 

Watkins,   Margaret  Emily   Summit 

Wentworth,   James   Conrad   Natchez 

Williams,    Anthony   Daniel   Indianola 

Williams,    Irvin    Kelly    Meridian 

Williams,   Victoria   Ball   Tylertovm 

Woods,  James  Lean  Jackson 

Wooldridge,  Dorothy  Elizabeth  Jackson 

Wray,  James  Marion,  Jr.  West  Point 

Yarborough.   Charles   Anthony  Summit 

Zabenko,  Alexia  Old  Lyme,  Conn. 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 

Samples,    Marilyn    Jeanette   Laurel 


138 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


"Babin,  Wayne  Morris  Groves,  Texas 

Bergeron,   Germaine   Louise  Gulfport 

""Bird,  Robert  Moylan  Long  Beach 

Collins,    Robert    Keith   Aztec,    N.    M. 

Conner,  James  Thomas,  III  Canton 

Crotwell,  James  Claude  Pelahatchie 

Davis,    Iva    Lou    Preston 

Fortman,    Kathleen   Foley   Jackson 

"'Gee,  Paul  Itta  Bena 

George,  John  Keith   Chambersville,   Pa. 

"""Greeanti,   Mac    Andrew   Merigold 

Hart,   John   Kingsley   Biloxi 

Hawthorne,    Patricia   Ann    New   Albany 

Hillhouse,    Thomas    Larry   Greenville 

Howard,  Linda   Sue  Jackson 

Hutcherson,    Melinda    Kay    Scooba 

Jones,    William    Bretlee   Greenville 

Langley,  Alex  William  Laurel 

Longest,   Margaret   Rebecca  State  College 

McEachem.  Frank  Pittman   Jackson 

Meacham,   Cynthia  Rebecca __.Batesville 


Meyer,    Jon    Rayner    Merigold 

Millstein,  Charles  Garcia  _.San  Antonio,  Tex. 

"Moffett,  Tola   Burton  Lucedale 

Moore,  Robert  Lee  Philadelphia 

Morrison,  Charles   Edgar  .Laurel 

Newsom,  Marcia  Kilgore  Jackson 

Randall,  Stephen  Hall  Jackson 

Rawlings,   Alfreda   Donnan   Natchez 

Reid,  Georgia  Anne  Yazoo  City 

Self,   George  WilUam,   Jr.   New  Albany 

Smith,   Alan    Acton  Wayside 

Walters,   Roland   Lawrence  Maben 

Watson,    James    Louis    Florence 

Westcott,  Garth  Martin  Paul  Jackson 

White,  Glen  Mars   Baton  Rouge,  La. 

Williamson,  Johnnie  Warren 

Crystal   Springs 

"Cum   Laude 
"'Magna   Cum   Laude 
"""Summa  Cum  Laude 


139 


INDEX 


Page 


Absences,    Class    106 

Examinations  107 

Academic    Calendar    143 

Accounting,    Business,    Economics 

Intern  Program  52 

Accreditation   of  College   8 

Activities   109 

Administration,    Officers   of   __ 128 

Admission,    Application   for   11 

Requirements    for    8 

Advanced    Standing    9 

Alumni   Association,   Officers   of  135 

Ancient    Languages,    Department    of    — .  55 

Application  for  a  degree  36 

Art,   Department   of   56 

Astronomy     83 

Athletic    Policy    111 

Athletics  111 

Attendance   Regulations    -106 

Auditing  of  Courses  19 

Automatic  Exclusion  105 

B 

Bachelor    of    Arts    Degree    36;   39 

Bachelor  of  Music  Degree  36;   39 

Bachelor   of   Science   Degree   36;   39 

Biology,    Department    of    57 

Board    of    Trustees    126 

Bobashela    116 

Buildings  and  Grounds  122 

Business     Administration    63 


Calendar 


.143 


Change  of  Schedule  — 104 

Chemistry,    Department    of    58 

Christian    Council   110 

Class    Standing    102 

Commencement,    1969   136 

Committees  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  ...  127 

Comprehensive  Examinations  38 

Computer     Course     54 

Conduct     - 107 

Cooperative    Programs    52 

Cost  of  Attending  Millsaps   16 

Counseling  of  Students  11 

Courses   by   Departments   55 

Required    for   B.A.    Degree    36 

Required   for   B.M.    Degree   36 

Required  for  B.S.   Degree   36 

Suggested    Sequences    for 

B.A.     Degree - 39 

B.M.  Degree  39 

B.S.  Degree  39 

Business     Administration    63 

Economics   _ 62 

Engineering    B.S.    47 

Pre-graduate  in  lab.  sciences  — _ 41 

Pre-law    42 


Page 

Pre-medical     and     Pre-dental     40 

Pre-ministerial     42 

Pre-social    work    42 

Teachers    —  43 

Currriculum     35 

D 

Dean's     List    - 104 

Debating    _ - -—117 

Degrees,  Conferred  1969  -138 

Application   for  39 

Requirements    for    36 

Denominations  of  Faculty  and  Students..     6 

Departmental  Honors  Program  103 

Departments   of   Instruction   53 

Ancient  Languages  55 

Art     56 

Biology    57 

Chemistry    58 

Economics    and    Business 

Administration     61 

Education 64 

English    66 

Geology 69 

German    „ 72 

History 73 

Mathematics    76 

Music  78 

Philosophy     81 

Physical  Education  82 

Physics   and   Astronomy   83 

Pohtical  Science  -  86 

Psychology  - _. 87 

Religion  90 

Romance  Languages  91 

Sociology  and  Anthropology  94 

Speech  and  Theatre  97 

Dining  FaciUties  13 

Divisional   Groupings    53 

Dormitories,  Hostesses  for 135 

Dramatics    117 

E 

Economics,  Department  of  61 

Education,    Department    of    64 

Employment,  Part-Time  33 

Endowment     122 

Engineering  __  47 

English,   Department  of  66 

English   Proficiency   Requirement    .._. 37 

Enrollment     Statistics     136 

Entrance,    Requirements    for    8 

Examinations,    Absence    from    . -106 

Comprehensive    38 

Course   — — 106 

Exemption  of  Seniors  106 

Excess  Hours  _   18 

Expenses    16 

Expulsion  1 05 

Extra-Curricular    Credits    37 


140 


Faculty  

Fees 

Financial    Regulations    — 

Financial   Resources 

Fraternities    

French     


Page 


.129 
.  16 
.  18 
.122 
.112 


o 


Page 


92 


Geographical  Distribution  of  Students  ....      7 

Geology,    Department    of   69 

German,  Department  of  72 

Gifts  to  the  Library  123 

Grading  System  102 

Graduation  Fee  17 

Greek 56 

Gulf   Coast    Research    Laboratory    53 

Gulf  Coast  Se;mester  Research  54 

H 

Health  Program  13 

Heritage  Program 49 

History,  Department  of  73 

History  of  the  College  6 

Honors  103 

Honors  Program  50;    103 

Honor    Societies    113 

Hours     Permitted    104 

Excess    18 

Housing  of  Students  12 

I 

Intramural   Athletics  111 

Itahan    93 

J 

Junior  Year  Abroad 52 

L 

Latin    55 

Legislative  Intern  Program  52 

Library    ....123 

London    Semester   52 

M 

Majors,  Requirements  for  36 

Mathematics,  Department  of  76 

Medals  and  Prizes  117 

Millsaps    Series    111 

Ministerial   League   110 

Music,   Department   of  78 

Organizations  115 

N 

Non-Departmental  Courses  54 

Numbering  System  for  Courses  54 


Officers  of  Administration  128 

Orientation    12 


Philosophy,    Department   of   81 

Physical  Education,  Department  of  82 

Fees    16;   20 

Physics  and  Astronomy,  Department  of  ..   83 

Placement  Bureau  43 

Players'    117 

Political  Science,  Department  of  86 

Pre-dental    Course    40 

Pre-graduate    Program    in    Laboratory 

Sciences  41 

Pre-law  Course  42 

Pre-medical    Course    40 

Pre-ministerial   Course   42 

Pre-social  Work  Course  42 

Prizes     117 

Probation 105 

Academic  1 05 

Attendance    105 

Disciplinary     105 

Psychology,   Department   of  87 

Publications,   Student   116 

Purple   and   ^Vhite   .116 


Quality    Point    System    102 


R 


Refunds   19 

Registration,   Changes   in   104 

Statistics  136 

Religion,    Department   of   90 

Religious    Activities    110 

Religious  Affiliation  of  Students  6 

Religious  Emphasis  Week  110 

Report  to  Parents  104 

Required   Courses   39 

Requirements  for  Admission  8 

For   Degrees    36 

For  Majors  38 

Residence    Requirements    37 

Resources    (financial)    122 

Romance  Languages,  Department  of  91 


Schedule     Changes     104 

Scholarships  and  Loan  Funds  20 

Senior     Exemptions     107 

Sequence   of   Courses   39 

Singers  116 

Sociology-  and  Anthropology, 

Department    of   94 

Sororities   112 

Spanish    93 

Special    Students    10;    17 


141 


Page 

Speech   and   Theatre,   Department   of 97 

Staff  Personnel   134 

Student  Activities  .— 115 

Student  Activities   Fee  - 19 

Student    Association _._.115 

Student  Body 

Denominations     6 

Geographical    Distribution    7 

Student    Organizations    ._. _.115 

T 

Teacher  Placement  Bureau   43 

Teacher  Training  Program  43 

Transfer    Students     9 

Trustees,  Board  of  126 

Tuiti(m  16 


Page 

u 

United  Nations   Semester  51 

w 

Washington  Semester  51 

Withdrawals,    from    College   19;    105 

From    Courses    19;    105 

Y 

Y.   M.   C.  A.   110 

Y,  W.  C.  A.  110 


142 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

SEVENTY-NINTH  YEAR 
1970-71 


June  6 
June  8 
July  4 
July  11 
July  13 
August  15 


SUMMER  SESSION  1970 

Registration 

First  Term  Classes  Begin 

Holiday 

Final  Examinations,  First  Term 

Second  Term  Classes  Begin 

Final  Examinations,  Second  Term 


September 

4-5 

September 

6 

September 

7-8 

September 

8 

September 

9 

September 

10 

September 

26 

October  30 

1 

November 

25 

November 

30 

December 

18 

January  11 

January  11-17 

January  18-23 

January  23 

FALL  SESSION 

First  Meetings  of  the  Faculty 

Dormitories  Open  for  Students,  2  p.m. 

Orientation  of  Freshman  Students 

Orientation  of  Transfer  Students 

Registration  for  Class  Changes 

Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 

Last  Day  for  Changes  of  Schedule 

End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 

Thanksgiving  Holidays  Begin,  Noon 

Thanksgiving  Holidays  End,  8:00  a.m. 

Last    Regular   Meeting    of   Classes;    Christmas    Holidays 

Begin,  Noon 
Christmas  Holidays  End,  8:00  a.m. 
Reading  Period;  Classes  Will  Not  Meet 
Final  Examinations,  First  Semester 
First  Semester  Ends 


January  27 
January  28 
February  13 
March  19 
April     9 
April  19 
April  26-30 
May   17-20 
May  21-28 
May  30 


SPRING  SESSION 

Registration  for  Class  Changes 
Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 
Last  Day  for  Changes  of  Schedule 
End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 
Spring  Holidays  Begin,   Noon 
Spring  Holidays  End,  8:00  a.m. 
Comprehensive  Examinations 
Reading  Period;  Classes  Will  Not  Meet 
Final  Examinations,  Second  Semester 
Commencement  Day 


June  51 
June  7 
July  10 
July  12 
August   14 


SUMMER  SESSION  1971 

Registration 

First  Term  Classes  Begin 
Final  Examinations,  First  Term 
Second  Term  Classes  Begin 
Final  Examinations,  Second  Term 


143